Machine Safety Sensors - 2017 2018

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 159

2017 – 2018

Sensors
Whiteacres
Whetstone

Sensors
Leicester
LE8 6ZG
Tel +44 (0) 116 284 9900
Fax +44 (0) 116 284 1721
machine@uk.oem.se 2017 – 2018
information@uk.oem.se
www.oem.co.uk
Machine and safety
Providing smart solutions to sensing and position control applications is what we pride
ourselves on in the Machine & Safety business area. Photosensors, encoders, barcode
readers, connection systems and machine safety form the heart of our product offer.

• Barcode readers • Photosensors


• Connection systems • Rubber safe edge
• Encoders • Safety relays
• Inductive sensors • Switches & microswitches
• Non-contact safety switches • Ultrasonic sensors
• Photoelectric safety barriers

The Machine & Safety team in training


Gareth Ford (standing) – Business area manager
Introduction 2

Sensors 8

Encoders 72

Micro switches 126

Industrial connectors 134


Excellence in Automation
OEM Automatic UK markets and sells components for industrial automation, currently
representing approximately 50 leading suppliers and acting as their local sales
organisation in the UK. Customers come from all sectors of industrial automation
and include machine builders, control panel builders, system integrators and selected
strategic distributors.

Value added link


OEM offers a unique and extensive range of products from leading manufacturers

Supplier Customer

Together with an efficient logistics process and added advantage of being specialised in small areas with the
value workshop, we help customers reduce the number benefits of being part of a large organisation. Being a
of their suppliers. In order to support our sales process partner with OEM Automatic means you have access
we have a local team of product specialists and sales/ to our unique broad product range but in a specialised
marketing staff. This means we offer a high level of organisation. With our ability to see the whole value
service to our customers. chain and total costs we aim to improve your competitive
advantage and profitability.
To become a competent and effective partner to our
customers we have divided our product range into Our ambition is to make it easier for you to find the best
specialised business areas. In this way we combine the and most cost-efficient solutions.

Specialised organisation
4 business areas – 1 partner

Panel Machine & Safety Pressure & Flow Motors


Electrical components for inside Sensors, encoders, cable systems To measure & control pressure, AC/DC motors, geared motors,
and outside control panels and machine safety components flow & level of liquids and gases electronic drives & linear solutions

2 For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


A strategic partnership OEM Automatic UK is
part of the OEM International group whose
headquarters are in Tranas, Sweden.

The companies within this group are leading suppliers


of components and systems for industrial automation in
the Nordic region, UK and Eastern Europe.

FACTS: OEM Automatic UK

• Founded in 1989

• Turnover 2016 approx £10M

• More than 2000 customers

• More than 50 suppliers

Turku

Drammen

Parnu

Tranas

Riga

Panevezys
Allerød

Leicester
Warsaw

Prague

Trnava

Budapest

Richard Armstrong
Managing Director
Always close to the customer
Our head office and stock is located in Whetstone just south of Leicester so we are in
an ideal central location to be as close as possible to our customers. Each of our sales
engineers works with a limited range of products and this enables them to become
experts in their field. They are available to visit customers at short notice to discuss
and advise on technical or commercial issues.

Competent sales and product staff Customer support


Because of our specialised business areas all of our sales Customer support are there to offer a fast and efficient
staff are experts in their particular field. This enables service to our customers when placing orders, checking
them to really understand the products and applications delivery times/order status etc. They are in close
and assist customers on site with selecting the right contact with our product specialists who can answer
product. A program of training with our suppliers runs technical queries and application specific questions.
throughout the year so they are always updated with the They should also be your first point of contact for
latest innovations and product knowledge. Our product product return questions.
specialists and product managers have the deepest
We are available from 08.30 until 17.00
knowledge of the products and are responsible for
Phone: 0116 2849900 – Fax: 0116 2841721
product range development and day to day contact with
Web: www.oem.co.uk – Email: orders@uk.oem.se
our suppliers. They also provide technical support for
sales and customer support staff.
Product information
Efficient logistics At www.oem.co.uk you will find full and detailed product
Our warehouse in Whetstone aims to despatch all orders information in our on-line catalogue. From this you have
the same day if received before 16.30. Our warehouse all the technical information and ordering codes and
personnel are responsible for despatching more than you can download PDF files if you wish. To support the
25,000 orders per year and we are proud of our ability to information on the website each business area produces
get products to our customers safely and on time. its own printed catalogue which is available on request.

We currently hold more than 8000 articles in stock so Three times per year we publish our customer magazine
our customers can get standard products delivered the ‘Inside Automation’ which we mail to more than 15,000
next day. contacts. It contains new product information, special
offers and company news.

All orders received before 16.30 will be despatched same day


Keeping you informed

Product catalogues and brochures


Each business area has its own dedicated product
catalogue and brochures containing full technical
information – an effective tool for our sales team and a
helpful guide for you. Pages can be downloaded from our
website: www.oem.co.uk

Clear marketing communication


Our trade magazine adverts and advertorials make
product selection easy and is an effective aid to sales.
The information alerts you to our new and current range.
Customer magazine
Issued three times a year Inside Automation features the latest
products and is focused on technical articles and applications.

Web
All products can be found on our website
www.oem.co.uk

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk 5


Added value
We offer an ‘added value’ service to our customers in addition to our standard
off the shelf products.
Below are just a few examples of what we can offer:

• Custom safety edge assemblies


• Product kitting service with customer specific bar
code, part number and logo printing
• Cable assemblies
• Custom labelling
• Sensor testing
• Software programming

Product kitting
Safe edge assembly

6 For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Our suppliers
With more than 40 years of experience Datalogic is a worldwide market
leader for photoelectric sensors, safety light curtains and identification
products.
Their sensors and safety portfolio solves customer applications in factory
automation specialising in processing and packaging machinery and
automated material handling systems.
Key manufacturing industries include automotive, electronics, pharmaceutical,
food & beverage, paper & printing, woodworking, ceramics, glass,
textiles etc.

Fritz Kuebler is a leading specialist manufacturer in the fields of position


and motion sensors, functional safety, counting & process technology and
transmission technology.
Innovative product and sector solutions, as well as solutions for functional
safety and a high level of service are the reasons behind the company’s
global success. Strict focus on quality ensures the highest levels of reliability
and a long service life.

Molex support one of the largest portfolios of connectivity and wiring


solutions in the industrial market.
They offer complete solutions to a number of markets including automotive,
machine tools, food & beverage, material handling, packaging, commercial
vehicles and solar.

Crouzet offers a full range of automation control products.


Within the Machine & Safety team we specialise with the Microswitch and
Limit switch products.

PIL Germany is an internationally recognised specialist for the development


and production of ultrasonic distance sensors for use in the industrial
automation sector as well as in monitoring and automotive applications.

Reflex is a Danish manufacturer offering a range of specialist high power


photoelectric sensors.
These products are used in demanding applications such as food packaging,
vehicle washing, recycling & compacting.

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk 7


Sensors

8 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Introduction 10

Types of sensor 12

Miniature and compact sensors 16

Maxi sensors 30

M18 barrel sensors 34

Fibre optic sensors 38

Contrast sensors 41

Luminescence sensors 43

Slot sensors 44

Fork sensors 46

Ultrasonic fork sensors 47

Colour sensors 49

Distance sensors 50

Area sensors 53

Reflectors 54

Measurement sensors 56

Inductive sensors 59

Datalogic accessories 63

Ultrasonic sensors 64

High power sensors 68

Reflex accessories 71

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 9


Sensors

Datalogic; leaders in sensor technology

OEM Automatic Ltd are Datalogic’s UK distributor for sensors and safety products.
With more than 40 years of experience Datalogic is the market leader in Italy for photoelectric sensors, safety light curtains, and
identification products ranking them among the top 10 manufacturers in Europe by market share.*
Their sensors and safety portfolio solves customer applications in factory automation specialising in processing and packaging
machinery and automated material handling systems related to manufacturing industries such as automotive, electronics,
pharmaceutical, food & beverage, paper and printing, wood-working, ceramics, glass, textiles etc.
* (source: based on VDC 2010 - 2011)

Tubular, miniature and fibre optic Inductive proximity sensors


sensors for object detection

Fork sensors for label detection

Labelling

De-palletising Washing Filling Capping

Processing

Vertical form fill & seal

Safety light curtains Dimensional sensors


for finger, hand and for height/width
body protection measurement and
object positioning

10 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Contrast and luminescence sensors Maxi and compact sensors for object detection

Area sensors

Stretch-wrapping
Palletising
Case packing

Storage & retrieval

Wrapping

Cartoning

TOF distance sensors for Safety light curtains


measurement and object for body protection
positioning with muting function

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 11


Sensors

Through beam

The light emitter and receiver are contained in two different (up to 60 m). These sensors can operate in the harshest working
housings and installed facing each other. The light beam conditions, such as dirty or dusty environments. The through
released by the emitter directly hits the receiver; every object beam optic function typically operates in the dark mode: the
interrupting the beam is therefore detected. This system is output is activated when the object interrupts the light beam
used to obtain significant signal differences (when the light between emitter and receiver.
directly hits the receiver and when the object interrupts the beam)
with the highest Excess Gain and the largest operating distance

Retroreflective

Both emitter and receiver are located inside the same housing detecting the object when it interrupts the light beam.
for retro-reflective photoelectric sensors. Utilising a prismatic
reflector, the emitted light beam is reflected onto the receiver,

Polarised retroreflective

In polarised retroreflective sensors, the emitted light is polarized horizontal plane reflected by the prismatic reflector,
on a vertical plane through a polarisation filter. The prismatic ignoring the light reflected by other light sources.
reflector rotates the light plane by 90°. This technique guarantees a reliable signal reception, reaching
A polarisation filter placed on the receiver selects only the significant distances.

Retroreflective for transparent

For the detection of transparent objects, such as clear plastic This technique mostly suits applications for the detection of
bottles, a low hysteresis polarised retroreflective model (which objects positioned at considerable distances, where a prismatic
detects small signal differences) can be used. These sensors reflector can be installed. Typically, the operating distance
elaborate the slight signal differences received when the light proportionally increases with the reflector’s dimensions.
beam passes through a transparent object, avoiding false
detections due to the nature of this kind of targets.

12 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Diffuse proximity

In photoelectric sensors with this optic function, both emitter and and the operating distance are reduced. However objects are
receiver are placed inside the same housing. These sensors work detected without a prismatic reflector, making installations quick
with weaker signals because the emitted light beam is reflected and easy.
to the receiver by the object. As a consequence, the excess gain

Fixed focus proximity

Fixed focus proximity sensors have a simple fixed background distance of reflective objects. The visible red emission simplifies
suppression distance, beyond which no objects are detected. the sensor’s installation.
The fixed triangulation of the optics greatly reduces the detection

Background suppression

Background suppression sensors detect objects while avoiding Once the background has been acquired, the objects can be
reflections from the background. When the sensor is used for the detected regardless of their color. Background suppression
first time, the proper background suppression distance has to be sensors are not very reliable with highly clear, transparent or
set through a distance adjustment trimmer. shiny objects.

Background suppression For clear detection

Background suppression technology often has difficulty reliably with LASER emission for the detection of small objects on fixed
detecting transparent, clear, or shiny objects. These objects or highly reflective backgrounds. Since background suppression
generate false detections due to their highly reflective surfaces. sensors do not require a prismatic reflector, these sensors can
Datalogic’s patented background suppression technology substitute for a polarized retroreflective sensor for transparent
guarantees reliable and repeatable detection, ignoring the false objects for shorter distances
detections. Models are available with LED emission, ideal for
reflections caused by moving surfaces such as conveyor belts, or

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 13


Sensors

Contrast

Contrast sensors distinguish the received light beams on the highlighted using a LED with coloured light emission, typically a
basis of their degrees of intensity, which depend on the color or selectable red, green or blue LED. The white light emission allows
material of the detected surfaces. A typical application of these to detect very slight contrasts in similar materials and colours.
sensors is the detection of coloured registration marks used in
packaging machines to synchronize the folding, cutting and
welding phases. In presence of coloured surfaces, the contrast is

Luminescence

Luminescence sensors emit invisible ultraviolet light, which human eye, can be detected. Luminescence sensors are used in
is reflected at a higher wavelength (minor energy) on the several industrial fields to detect items containing phosphorous
fluorescent and phosphorescent surface, shifting into the visible such as labels on glass or mirrors, fluorescent marks marked on
light spectrum. The ultraviolet emission is modulated and the tiles, fluorescent glues on paper, cutting and sewing guides, as
visible light reception is synchronized. The maximum immunity well as fluorescent paints or lubricants.
against external interferences, like reflections caused by very
shiny surfaces, is obtained and fluorescent targets, invisible to the

Fork

A fork sensor, is based on a particular model of the through of edge and continuity of sheets of labels or tapes. The emission
beam sensor, where emitter and receiver are placed opposite to is generally infrared or red light in order to detect coloured
each other on the internal sides of an “U-shaped” housing. Any registration marks on translucent films.
target passing through the internal slot interrupts the beam and is
detected. The most typical fork sensor applications are hole/teeth
detection on wheels, label detection on thin supports, and control

14 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Colour

The colour of an object is identified according to the different infinite. Colour sensors cover a wide variety of applications,
reflection coefficients obtained with the red (R), green (G) and ranging from quality and process controls to automatic material
blue (B) light emissions. For instance, yellow is characterized by handling for the identification, orientation, and selection of
R=50% G=50% B=0% reflections, orange by R=75% G=25% objects according to their colour.
B=0%, pink by R=50% G=0% B=0%, the combinations are

Distance

Datalogic distance sensors are based on Time of Flight (T.O.F.): the analogue signal (4...20mA). This technology provides high
the distance is calculated on the basis of the time between precision and fast measurements in many applications, such as
the moment the laser pulse is generated and the moment the automatic warehousing (to drive industrial vehicles and avoid
emitted light is reflected off the object, back to the sensor. These collisions), packaging and material handling.
sensors are generally used to measure an object’s distance
within a selected range, while the output is linearly scaled to

Area/dimension light grids

Area and dimension light grids utilise several light beams for GUI or PC. Models of light grids vary by length to match each
area or dimensional measurements of objects. An object’s area application requirements.
and size are measured using parallel cross-beams, which identify
obscured beams, providing accurate information to a host

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 15


Sensors

Miniature sensors Technical data

SM123 series Supply voltage 10 – 30 V dc

Power consumption 25 mA max

Output NPN or PNP


• 20 & 170 mm proximity,
Response time 1 ms
50 cm polarised retroreflex &
Switching frequency 500 Hz
1.2 m through beam
Temperature range -20…+55 °C
• Thin housing with side optics or
IP rating IP67
ultraflat format
Housing material ABS
• Visible red emission on all models for
Lens material PMMA or glass
easy alignment
Connection 2 m embedded cable
• Amplified NPN or PNP output with
Approvals
3-wire connection

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Model Function Output

SM1-PR-2-D00-PL 20 mm fixed focus proximity PNP – light

SM1-PR-2-D00-NL 20 mm fixed focus proximity NPN – light

SM2-PR-2-FG00-PD 1.2 m through beam PNP – dark

SM2-PR-2-FG00-ND 1.2 m through beam NPN – dark

SM2-PR-2-D00-PL 170 mm diffuse proximity PNP – light

SM2-PR-2-D00-NL 170 mm diffuse proximity NPN – light

SM3-PR-2-FG00-PD 1.2 m through beam PNP – dark

SM3-PR-2-FG00-ND 1.2 m through beam NPN – dark

SM3-PR-2-B00-PL 50 cm coaxial polarised retroreflex PNP – light

SM3-PR-2-B00-NL 50 cm coaxial polarised retroreflex NPN – light

SM3-PR-2-B00-PD 50 cm coaxial polarised retroreflex PNP – dark

SM3-PR-2-B00-ND 50 cm coaxial polarised retroreflex NPN – dark

ST-5036
Accessory L-shaped fixing bracket for SM1 & SM3

16 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

SM1
A complete sensor with fibre-optic dimensions

SM2
A complete sensor with stamp dimensions

SM3
Coaxial polarised retroreflex and through
beam sensors in a subminiature format for
high-resolution detection

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 17


Sensors

Subminiature sensors Technical data

SM series Supply voltage 10 – 30 V dc, max 10% ripple

Output 2 x PNP, max 50 mA, NPN available on request, NO/NC

Power consumption 20 mA max


• Miniature photoelectric cells
Temperature range -20…+55 °C
with red visible light
Emission type Red LED, 640 nm
• Double outputs Yellow LED indicates output
LED indication
Green LED indicates supply voltage
• Embedded cable
IP rating IP67

• IP67 Housing material PC

Lens material PMMA (Glass on B00)

Connection 2 m embedded cable, Ø2.5 mm

Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Version Distance Light emission Switching frequency

Retro reflective 0.05...1.5 m Red LED 640 nm 700 Hz

Polarised retro reflective 0.1...1 m Red LED 640 nm 700 Hz

Through beam 0...2 m Red LED 640 nm 385 Hz

Short fixed focus 3...15 mm Red LED 640 nm 700 Hz

Medium fixed focus 3...20 mm Red LED 640 nm 700 Hz

Long fixed focus 3...30 mm Red LED 640 nm 700 Hz

Extra long fixed focus 3...50 mm Red LED 640 nm 70 Hz

Indication & setting Dimensions

Output status LED

Power on LED

18 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Part number key


Type S M – P R – 2 – X X X – X X
Housing
Plastic P
Optics
Radial R

Connection
2 m embedded cable 2

Technology
Retro reflective A 0 0
Polarised retro reflective B 0 0
Short fixed focus D 0 0
Medium fixed focus D 1 0
Long fixed focus D 2 0
Extra long fixed focus D 3 0
Through beam receiver F 0 0
Through beam emitter G 0 0

Output
PNP P P
NPN N N
Emitter output (G00) X G

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 19


Sensors

Miniature sensors Technical data

S100 series Supply voltage 10…30 V dc

Output PNP or NPN

Output current 100 mA


• Two threaded front mounting holes
Response time 2 ms (FG00); 1 ms
• Two slotted rear mounting holes Temperature range -20…+55 °C

• Standard optic functions Emission type Infrared LED (860 nm) or Red LED (632 nm)

• M8 connector and cable models Light/dark on Selectable through cables

• PNP or NPN models with IP rating IP67

Light/Dark selection by wire Housing material ABS (housing)/PMMA (indicators cover)

Lens material PC lens/PMMA window

Connection 2 m cable (4 wires)/M8 4-pole connector

Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Version Distance Light emission Setting Response time


Retro reflective 2m Red LED 632 nm Teach-in, remote input 500 µs
Polarised retro reflective 7m Red LED 632 nm Teach-in, remote input 500 µs
Through beam 15 m Red LED 632 nm Teach-in, remote input 500 µs
Retro refelctive for transparent 2m Red LED 632 nm Teach-in, remote input 500µs
Diffuse proximity 800 mm Red LED 632 nm Teach-in, remote input 500 µs
Short background suppression 200 mm Red LED 632 nm Teach-in, remote input 500 µs
Long background suppression 400 mm Red LED 632 nm Teach-in, remote input 500 µs
Contrast 12 mm Red LED 632 nm Teach-in, remote input 50 µs (W03, W33) 20 µs (W13, W43)
Short distance 80 mm Red LED 632 nm Teach-in, remote input 500 µs
Long distance 200 mm Red LED 632 nm Teach-in, remote input 500 µs
Laser polarised retro reflective 15 m Class 1 Laser 650 nm Teach-in, remote input 500 µs
Laser background suppression 120 mm Class 1 Laser 650 nm Teach-in, remote input 500 µs
Laser diffuse proximity 250 mm Class 1 Laser 650 nm Teach-in, remote input 333 µs
Laser through beam 20 m Class 1 Laser 650 nm Teach-in, remote input 250 µs

Accessories
Type Model Description
Mounting bracket ST-505 Lateral mounting
Mounting bracket ST-5039 L-shaped bracket
SLIT S100-SLIT-05 0.5 x 19 mm SLIT
SLIT S100-SLIT-1 1 x 19 mm SLIT
SLIT S100-SLIT-2 2 x 19 mm SLIT
M18 adapter ST-S3Z-M18 M18 threaded adapter nose

Dimensions

20 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Part number key


Type S 1 0 0 – P R – X – X X X – X X
Housing
Plastic P
Optics
Radial R

Connection
2 m embedded cable 2
M8 connector 5

Technology
Retro reflective A 0 0
Polarised retro reflective (short) B 0 0
Polarised retro reflective (long) B 1 0
Diffuse proximity (short) C 0 0
Diffuse proximity (long) C 1 0
Fixed focus D 0 0
Background suppression M 0 0
Through beam FG 0 0

Output
PNP P K
NPN N K

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 21


Sensors

Compact sensors Technical data

S45 series Supply voltage 10 – 30 V dc

Output NPN, PNP, Push Pull

Output current 100 mA


• Red LED and laser emissions ≤ 1000Hz; ≤ 1500Hz (C03 Laser); ≤ 2000 Hz (F/G Laser)
Switching frequency
≤ 10 kHz (W03, W33); ≤ 25 kHz (W13, W43)
• IP69K housing Temperature range -20…+60 °C

• 2 m cable or metal M8 4-pole version Emission type Red LED 632 nm, red laser 650 nm, white, RGB

• PNP or NPN output with remote Setting Push button teach-in

Teach-in input LED indication Green = operating voltage; Yellow = ouput status

IP rating IP67 & IP69K

Housing material ABS

Lens material PMMA


Plastic M8 4-pole connector,
Connection
Metal M8 4-pole connector 2 m cable
Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Version Distance Light emission Setting Response time

Retro reflective 2m Red LED 632 nm Teach-in, remote input 500 µs

Polarised retro reflective 7m Red LED 632 nm Teach-in, remote input 500 µs

Through beam 15 m Red LED 632 nm Teach-in, remote input 500 µs

Retro refelctive for transparent 2m Red LED 632 nm Teach-in, remote input 500 µs

Diffuse proximity 800 mm Red LED 632 nm Teach-in, remote input 500 µs

Short background suppression 200 mm Red LED 632 nm Teach-in, remote input 500 µs

Long background suppression 400 mm Red LED 632 nm Teach-in, remote input 500 µs

Contrast 12 mm Red LED 632 nm Teach-in, remote input 50 µs (W03, W33) 20 µs (W13, W43)

Short distance 80 mm Red LED 632 nm Teach-in, remote input 500 µs

Long distance 200 mm Red LED 632 nm Teach-in, remote input 500 µs

Laser polarised retro reflective 15 m Class 1 Laser 650 nm Teach-in, remote input 500 µs

Laser background suppression 120 mm Class 1 Laser 650 nm Teach-in, remote input 500 µs

Laser diffuse proximity 250 mm Class 1 Laser 650 nm Teach-in, remote input 333µs

Laser through beam 20 m Class 1 Laser 650 nm Teach-in, remote input 250 µs

Dimensions
1 Yellow LED (1) 2 Button 3 Green LED (2) 4 Receiver axis 5 Emitter axis

(1) Switching output indicator (2) Operating voltage indicator

22 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Part number key


Type S 4 5 – P A – X – X X X – X X
Housing
Plastic P
Optics
Radial R
Laser radial* H

Connection
2 m embedded cable 2
M8 connector 5

Sensing type
Polarised retro reflective B 0 3
Diffuse proximity C 0 3
Through beam receiver F 0 3
Through beam emitter G 0 0
Short background suppression M 0 3
Long background suppression M 1 3
Retro reflective for transparents T 5 3
White emission contrast W 0 3
White emission contrast W 1 3
RGB emission contrast W 3 3
RGB emission contrast W 4 3
Short distance Y 0 3
Long distance Y 1 3

Output
PNP P H
NPN N H
Emitter only (G00) X E
PNP for distance sensor P V
NPN for distance sensor N V
Output for contrast models O H
* Laser only available in F, G, B, C, M versions

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 23


Sensors

Miniature sensors Technical data

S3Z series Supply voltage 10 – 30 V dc, max. 10% ripple

Power consumption 30 mA max

Output NPN or PNP max


• Miniature photoelectric cell with
Output current 100 mA
long distances
Response time 1 ms
• Potentiometer setting
Switching frequency 500 Hz
• Embedded cable or M8 connector
Temperature range -25…+55 °C

• IP67 rated Emission type


Yellow LED indicates output;
Green LED indicates satisfactory detection
IP rating IP67

Housing material PC/PBT

Lens material PC (PMMAon B01)

Connection 2 m embedded cable or M8 4-pole connector

Approvals
NOTE: Reflectors and brackets are ordered seperately

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Version Distance Light emission Reaction Time Switching Frequency

Polarised retro reflective 0.05…4 m on R5 Red LED 665 nm 1 ms 500 Hz

Narrow beam diffuse proximity 50…150 mm Infrared LED 870 nm 1 ms 500 Hz

Diffuse proximity 0…700 mm Red LED 665 nm 1 ms 500 Hz

Through beam 0…5 m Infrared LED 870 nm 1 ms 500 Hz

Background suppression 50…300 mm Red LED 665 nm 1 ms 500 Hz

Retro reflective for transparent 0…2 m Red LED 665 nm 1 ms 500 Hz

Laser polarised retro reflective 0.3…10 m on R2 Red Laser Class 1 EN 60825-1 250 µs 500 Hz

Laser through beam 0…30 mm Red Laser Class 1 EN 60825-1 250 µs 500 Hz

Laser background suppression 40…300 mm Red Laser Class 1 EN 60825-1 250 µs 500 Hz

Cable version

24 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Part number key


Type S 3 Z – P X – X – X X X – X X
Housing
Plastic
Optics
Laser radial H
Radial R

Connection
2 m embedded cable 2
M12 connector 5

Laser models
Polarised retro reflective B 0 1
Through beam emitter & receiver FG 0 1
Background suppression M 0 1
LED models
Polarised retro reflective B 0 1
Narrow beam diffuse proximity C 0 1
Diffuse proximity C 1 1
Through beam emitter & receiver FG 0 1
Background suppression M 0 1
Retro reflective for transparent T 5 1

Output
Laser PNP P P
Laser NPN N N
PNP dark on P D
PNP light on P L
NPN dark on N D
NPN light on N L

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 25


Sensors

Compact sensors Technical data

S8 series Supply voltage 12 – 30 V dc

Power consumption 30 mA max (15 mA max for T51)

Output PNP, max 100 mA, NPN available on request


• Miniature photoelectric cell with
Output current 100 mA
long distances
Temperature range -10…+55 °C
• Background suppression for transparent Yellow LED indicates output; Green LED voltage
Emission type
& shiny objects (T53,W03: Ready)
Light/dark on* Selectable with potentiometer
• M8 contact or M12 pig-tail
IP rating IP67 & IP69K
• IP67 plastic & IP69K metal housing
Housing material ABS

Lens material PC (glass lens on T51, T53)

Connection M8 4-pole contact or M12 pig-tail

Approvals
NOTE: reflectors and brackets are ordered separately

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Version Distance Light emission Setting

Polarised retro reflective 0.1…5 m Red LED 660 nm Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer

Through beam 0…25 m Red LED 660 nm Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer

Retro refelctive for transparent 0…0.8 m (T51) 0…2 m (T53) Red LED 660 nm Set push button (T53) trimmer (T51)

Diffuse proximity 0…500 mm Red LED 660 nm Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer

Background suppression 50…300 mm Red LED 660 nm 8-Turn distance adjustment trimmer

Background suppression (clear detection) 100…300 mm Red LED 660 nm 8-Turn distance adjustment trimmer, teach-in button

Contrast 9 +/- 2 mm RGB LED auto selection Set push button, mono-turn trimmer

Luminescence 10…30 mm UV LED 375 nm Set push button, remote input

Laser polarised retro reflective 0…10 m Class II Red laser Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer

Laser background suppression 20…200 mm Class II Red laser 8-Turn distance adjustment trimmer

Laser background suppression (clear detection) 50…150 mm Class II Red laser 8-Turn distance adjustment trimmer, teach-in button

Dimensions

26 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Part number key


Type S 8 – X X – X – X X X – X X
Housing
Plastic P
Stainless steel M
Optics
Laser radial* H
Radial R

Connection
M12 pig-tail 3
M8 connector 5

Sensing type
Polarised retro reflective (LED) B 0 1
Polarised retro reflective (laser)* B 5 1
Diffuse proximity C 0 1
Through beam receiver F 0 1
Through beam emitter G 0 0
Background suppression* M 0 1
Background suppression for clear detection* M 5 3
Retro reflective for transparent basic T 5 0
Retro reflective for transparent plastic T 5 1
Retro reflective for transparent metal T 5 3
Contrast basic W 0 0
Contrast static teach W 0 3
Contrast dynamic teach W 1 3
Luminescence U 0 3

Output
PNP P P
NPN N N
Emitter output (G00 only) X G
* Laser only available in polarised retro reflective (B51); background suppression (M01); & clear detection (M53)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 27


Sensors

Compact sensors Technical data

S62 series Supply voltage 10 - 30 V dc

Power consumption 30 mA max LED, 40 mA max Laser

Output NPN, PNP, NOand NC, 100 mA max, relay output


• High-resolution sensors with
Output current 100 mA
LED or laser emission
Temperature range -10…+55ºC Laser -25…+55ºC LED
• High installation flexibility Yellow LED output; Green LED stable output (LED)
Emission type
Green LED supply voltage (laser)
• V ac/dc multivoltage version
IP rating IP67

• Sensitivity/distance adjustment trimmer Housing material ABS

• Cable or M12 rotatable connector Lens material PMMA

• PNP, NPN, PNP/NPN or SPDT relay Connection 2 m cable or 4-pin M12 contacts

output Approvals
NOTE: reflectors and brackets are ordered separately

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Version Distance Light Emission Switching Frequency (PNP/NPN) Switching Frequency (Relay)

Retro reflective 0.1…13 m LED Red 640 nm 1 kHz 20 Hz

Polarised retro reflective 0.1…8 m LED Red 640 nm 1 kHz 20 Hz

Short range diffuse proximity 0…900 mm LED Red 640 nm 1 kHz 20 Hz

Long range diffuse proximity 0…200 cm LED Red 640 nm 1 kHz 20 Hz

Through beam 0…25 m LED Red 640 nm 500 Hz 20 Hz

Very short background suppression 30…300 mm LED Red 640 nm 1 kHz N/A

Short background suppression 60…600 mm LED Red 640 nm 1 kHz N/A

Medium background suppression 60…1200 mm LED Red 880 nm 500 Hz N/A

Long background suppression 200…2000 mm LED Red 880 nm 330 Hz N/A

Laser polarised retro reflective 0.3…20m on R2 Laser 2.5 kHz N/A

Laser diffuse proximity 0…90 cm Laser 1 kHz N/A

Laser short background suppression 30…150 mm Laser 3.5 kHz N/A

Laser long background suppression 50…350 mm Laser 2.5 kHz N/A

Dimensions

28 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Part number key


Type S 6 2 – P X – X – X X X – X X
Housing
Plastic P
Optics
Axial optics A
Laser optics L

Connection
2 m embedded cable VAC 1
2 m embedded cable 2
M12 connector 5

Relay output models


Retro reflective A 0 1
Polarised retro reflective B 0 1
Short range diffuse proximity C 0 1
Long range diffuse proximity C 1 1
Through beam receiver F 0 1
Through beam emitter G 0 0
LED pre-cabled models
Retro reflective A 0 1
Polarised retro reflective B 0 1
Short range diffuse proximity C 0 1
Long range diffuse proximity C 1 1
Through beam receiver F 0 1
Through beam emitter G 0 0
Background suppression 30…300 mm M 0 1
Background suppression 60…600 mm M 1 1
Background suppression 60…1200 mm M 2 1
Background suppression 200…2000 mm M 3 1
Laser models
Polarised retro reflective B 0 1
Diffuse proximity C 0 1
Background suppression 30…150 mm M 0 1
Background suppression 50…350 mm M 1 1

Output
Relay output (F01 only) R X
PNP P P
NPN N N
PNP & NPN selectable P N
Relay output (G00 only) X G

Indicators & setting

S62-A/B/C/F S62-M with timer S62-M without timer

A Output status LED D Distance adjustment trimmer


B Stability LED or E Geared numeric scale
Power ON LED (laser version) F M12 connector output
C Timer adjustment trimmer G Cable output

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 29


Sensors

Maxi sensors Technical data DC models AC models

S300 PA series Supply voltage 10 – 30 V dc max 10% ripple


24 – 240 V ac
12 – 240 V dc max 10% ripple
Output PNP & NPN, max 100 mA SPDT relay: 250 V ac, 30 V dc

Output current 100 mA 3A


• Long detection distances
Response time 1 ms, 2 ms (F/G) 25 ms
• M12 contact or terminal connection Temperature range -25…+55 °C

• Models with timing function Emission type IR LED, Red LED (‘B’ model)

• IP67 LED indication Yellow = output; Green = satisfactory detection

• Axial optics Light/dark on Selectable with potentiometer

IP rating IP67

Housing material PBT (with 30% glass fibre),

Lens material PC
Terminal connection or
Connection Terminal connection
M12 4-pin contact
Approvals
NOTE: reflectors and brackets are ordered separately

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Version Distance Light emission Setting

Retro reflective 0.1…15 m IR LED Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer

Polarised retro reflective 0.1…10 m Red LED Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer

Through beam 0…50 m IR LED Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer

Diffuse proximity 5…200 cm IR LED Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer

Background supression 20…200 cm IR LED 7-turn adjustment screw

Dimensions

30 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Part number key


Type S 3 0 0 – P A – X – X X X – X X
Housing
Plastic P
Optics
Axial A

Terminal block
AC/DC 1
DC 2

Sensing type
Retro reflective A 0 1
Retro reflective with timer A 0 6
Polarised retro reflective B 0 1
Polarised retro reflective with timer B 0 6
Diffuse proximity C 0 1
Diffuse proximity with timer C 0 6
Background suppression M 0 1
Background suppression with timer M 0 6
Through beam receiver F 0 1
Through beam receiver with timer F 0 6
Through beam emitter G 0 0

Output
PNP/NPN O C
Relay output NO/NC R X
Emitter only (G00) E X

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 31


Sensors

Maxi sensors Technical data DC models AC models

S300 PR series Supply voltage 10 – 30 V dc max 10% ripple


24 – 240 V ac
12 – 240 V dc max 10% ripple
Output PNP & NPN, max 100 mA SPDT relay: 250 V ac, 30 V dc

Output current 100 mA 3 A (resistive load)


• Long detection distances
Response time 1 ms, 2 ms (‘M’ models) 25 ms
• M12 contact or terminal connection Temperature range -40…+55 °C

• Models with timing function Emission type IR LED, Red LED (‘B’ model)

• IP67 LED indication Yellow = output; Green = satisfactory detection

• Radial optics Light/dark on Selectable with potentiometer

IP rating IP67

Housing material PBT (with 30% glass fibre),

Lens material PC
Terminal connection or
Connection Terminal connection
M12 4-pin contact
Approvals
NOTE: reflectors and brackets are ordered separately

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Version Distance Light emission Setting

Retro reflective 22 m Red LED Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer

Through beam 60 m IR LED Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer

Diffuse proximity 5m IR LED Mono-turn sensitivity trimmer

Background suppression 2.5 m IR LED Multi-turn adjustment screw

Dimensions

32 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Part number key


Type S 3 0 0 – P R – X – X X X – X X – X
Housing
Plastic P
Optics
Radial R

Terminal block
AC/DC 1
DC 2
DC M12 connector 5

Sensing type
Polarised retro reflective B 0 1
Polarised retro reflective with timer B 0 6
Diffuse proximity C 0 1
Diffuse proximity with timer C 0 6
Background suppression M 0 1
Background suppression with timer M 0 6
Through beam receiver F 0 1
Through beam receiver with timer F 0 6
Through beam emitter G 0 0

Output
PNP/NPN O C
Relay output NO/NC R X
Emitter only (G00) E X

De-fogging system (only available win AC/DC models) M

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 33


Sensors

M18 barrel sensors Technical data

S15 series Supply voltage 12 – 30 V dc

Power consumption 20 mA max

Output PNP 100 mA max


• Plastic short case version for
Output current 100 mA
cost & space saving
Response time 1 ms all models, 4 ms (F00)
• Stainless steel case version
Temperature range -25…+55 °C
for IP69K protection
Emission type Yellow LED indicates output; Green LED indicates supply voltage
• All optic functions at optimal
Light/dark on* Selectable with white cable/pin 2 in contact. See engagement.
operating distance
IP rating IP69K
• Models with fixed setting or
Housing material ABS
trimmer adjustment
Lens material PMMA
• Cable, M12 connector &
Connection 2 m embedded cable/M12 4-pole with 150 mm cable (Pig-Tail)
pig-tail versions
Approvals
* With the light/dark cable disconnected, the direct detecting models are light on and reflector
and T/R are dark on. If you opt to connect the light/dark cable, this is with:
+V dc light on; 0 V dc dark on

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Version Distance Light emission Reaction time

Retro reflective 0.1…5 m on R2 Infrared LED 880 nm 1 ms

Polarised retro reflective 0.1…4 m on R2 Red LED 660 nm 1 ms

Short range diffuse proximity 1…10 cm Infrared LED 880 nm 1 ms

Medium range diffuse proximity 1…35 cm Infrared LED 880 nm 1 ms

Long range diffuse proximity 1…100 cm Infrared LED 880 nm 1 ms

Through beam 20 m Infrared LED 880 nm 2 ms

Background suppression 40…120 mm Red LED 660 nm 1 ms

Retro reflective for transparent 0.1…0.8 m on R2 Red LED 660 nm 1 ms

Fixed focus 1…5 cm Red LED 660 nm 500 μs

Dimensions

LED output
indicator

34 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Part number key


Type S 1 5 – X A – X – X X X – X X
Housing
Plastic P
Stainless steel N
Optics
Axial A

Connection
2 m embedded cable 2
M12 pig-tail 3
M12 connector 5

M12 connector models


M12 connector retro reflective A 0 1
Polarised retro reflective B 0 1
Medium range diffuse proximity C 1 1
Long range diffuse proximity C 3 1
Through beam receiver F 0 1
Through beam emitter G 0 1
Background suppression M 0 1
Retro reflective for transparents T 0 1
Cabled or pig-tailed models
Retro reflective A 0 0
Polarised retro reflective B 0 0
Medium range diffuse proximity C 0 0
Long range diffuse proximity C 1 0
Fixed focus D 5 0
Through beam receiver F 0 0
Through beam emitter G 0 0

Output
PNP P P
NPN N N
Emitter output (G00) X G

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 35


Sensors

M18 barrel sensors Technical data

S50 series Supply voltage 10 – 30 V dc

Power consumption ≤ 35 mA

LED indication Yellow indicates output, green indicates satisfactory detection


• M18 plastic or metal housing
Light/dark on Selectable by output
• M12 or 2 m embedded cable Temperature range -25…+55 °C

• UL approved IP rating IP67

• IP67 Housing material Housing PBT; Lens PMMA

Connection 2 m cable or M12 4-pin connector

Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co .uk

Axial optics technical data

Sensing type Distance Light emission Reaction time Setting

Short distance diffuse proximity 100 mm Infrared LED 880 nm 0.5 ms Potentiometer

Medium distance diffuse proximity 400 mm Infrared LED 880 nm 0.5 ms Potentiometer

Long distance diffuse proximity 700 mm Infrared LED 880 nm 0.5 ms Potentiometer

Polarised retro reflective 4.5 m* Red LED 660 nm 0.5 ms Potentiometer

Retro reflective 5 m* Red LED 660 nm 0.5 ms Potentiometer

Retro reflective for transparent 1.7 m* Red LED 660 nm 0.5 ms Potentiometer

Background suppression 50…100 mm Red LED 630 nm 1 ms EASYtouch teach

Through beam 20 m Infrared LED 880 nm 2 ms Potentiometer

Fixed focus 100 mm Red LED 630 nm 0.5 ms Potentiometer

Luminescence 8…20 mm UV LED 370 nm 500 ms EASYtouch teach

Contrast 10 mm White LED 400-700 nm 100 ms EASYtouch teach

Laser long diffuse proximity 350 mm Red Laser 650 nm 333 μs Potentiometer

Laser polarised retro reflective 9m Red Laser 650 nm 333 μs Potentiometer

Laser through beam 60 m Red Laser 650 nm 333 μs Potentiometer

* Sensing range based on use with a Datalogic R2 reflector

Radial optics technical data

Sensing type Distance Light emission Reaction time Setting

Short distance diffuse proximity 80 mm Infrared LED 880 nm 0.5 ms Potentiometer

Medium distance diffuse proximity 400 mm Red LED 630 nm 0.5 ms Potentiometer

Polarised retro reflective 3 m* Red LED 660 nm 0.5 ms Potentiometer

Through beam 15 m Infrared LED 880 nm 2 ms Potentiometer

Retro reflective for transparent 1.7 m* Red LED 660 nm 0.5 ms Potentiometer

Fixed focus 80 mm Red LED 630 nm 2 ms Potentiometer

Laser long diffuse proximity 250 mm Red Laser 650 nm 333 ms Potentiometer

Laser polarised retro reflective 0.1…9 m* Red Laser 650 nm 333 ms Potentiometer

Laser through beam 50 m Red Laser 650 nm 333 μs Potentiometer

* Sensing range based on use with a Datalogic R2 reflector

36 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Part number key


Type S 5 0 – X X – X – X X X – X X
Housing
Plastic P
Nickel plated brass M
Optics
Axial A
Radial R
Laser axial L
Laser radial H

Connection
2 m embedded cable 2
M12 connector 5

Sensing type
Retro reflective A 0 0
Polarised retro reflective B 0 1
Long distance diffuse proximity C 0 1
Short distance diffuse proximity C 1 0
Medium distance diffuse proximity C 2 1
Fixed focus D 0 0
Fibre optic amplifier E 0 1
Through beam receiver F 0 1
Through beam emitter G 0 0
Background suppression M 0 3
Retro reflective for transparent T 0 1
Luminescence U 0 3
Contrast W 0 3

Output
PNP P P
NPN N N
Emitter output (G00 only) X G

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 37


Sensors

Fibre amplifiers Technical data

S7 series Supply voltage 12 – 24 V dc ±10%

Output PNP NO light/dark operation programmable

Output current ≤ 50 mA
• Cost-effective models with multiturn
Temperature range -10…+55°C
trimmer adjustment
Additional functions Remote programming (Remote set)
• EASYtouchTM push-button setting
LED indication Green LED = Ready Yellow LED = Output
• Ultra-thin housing with CLEARLOCKTM
IP rating IP 65 (S7-7/8 IP50)
patented fibre fixing system
Housing material ABS
• Small size only 10 mm wide
Connection 2 m cable or 4-pin M8 contacts

Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Detection range Detection range


Part number Output Connection Led colour Display Setting
(diffuse proximity) (through beam)

S7-1-E-N 0…25 mm 0…75 mm NPN 2m embedded cable White Yes Set button
S7-1-E-P 0…25 mm 0…75 mm PNP 2m embedded cable White Yes Set button

0…50 mm F 0…150 mm F
S7-2-E-N NPN 2m embedded cable Red Yes Set button
0…100 mm N 0…300 mm N
0…50 mm F 0…150 mm F
S7-2-E-P PNP 2m embedded cable Red Yes Set button
0…100 mm N 0…300 mm N
S7-3-E-N 0…100 mm 0…300 mm NPN 2m embedded cable Red No Set button
S7-3-E-P 0…100 mm 0…300 mm PNP 2m embedded cable Red No Set button
S7-4-E-N 0…25 mm 0…75 mm NPN M8 Connector White Yes Set button
S7-4-E-P 0…25 mm 0…75 mm PNP M8 Connector White Yes Set button
0…50 mm F 0…150 mm F
S7-5-E-N NPN M8 Connector Red Yes Set button
0…100 mm N 0…300 mm N
0…50 mm F 0…150 mm F
S7-5-E-P PNP M8 Connector Red Yes Set button
0…100 mm N 0…300 mm N
S7-6-E-N 0…100 mm 0…300 mm NPN M8 Connector Red No Set button
S7-6-E-P 0…100 mm 0…300 mm PNP M8 Connector Red No Set button
S7-7-E-N 0…100 mm 0…300 mm NPN 2m embedded cable Red No Potentiometer
S7-7-E-P 0…100 mm 0…300 mm PNP 2m embedded cable Red No Potentiometer
S7-8-E-N 0…100 mm 0…300 mm NPN M8 Connector Red No Potentiometer
S7-8-E-P 0…100 mm 0…300 mm PNP M8 Connector Red No Potentiometer

N = Normal mode / F = Fast mode

Dimensions

Cable version

38 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Fibre optic sensors Technical data

S70 series 10 – 30 V dc (reverse polarity protection)


Power supply
18 – 30 V dc (IO-Link mod. S70…PZ)

Output PNP or NPN; PNP and push-pull (IO-Link mod. S70…PZ)

• DIN rail mountable models with dual Output current 100 mA max

digital displays Operating temperature -10…55 °C

• Teach-in setting via +/SET/– push- Light emission


Red 660 nm (mod. S70…E1); Red 635 nm (mod. S70…E2)
Yellow OUTPUT LED
button/switch, remote input or IO-Link
Red SIGNAL LEVEL 4-digit display;
Indicators
• Standard 2 m cable or M8 4-pole Green THRESHOLD 4-digit display

connection Mechanical protection IP50, NEMA 1

Housing material ABS

Connection 2 m cable, M8 4-pole connector

Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co. u k

Part number Optic function Response time Connection Output

S70-2-E1-N Optic fibre 200 µs…5 ms 2 m cable NPN

S70-2-E1-P Optic fibre 200 µs…5 ms 2 m cable PNP

S70-5-E1-N Optic fibre 200 µs…5 ms M8 connector NPN

S70-5-E1-P Optic fibre 200 µs…5 ms M8 connector PNP

S70-5-E1-PZ Optic fibre 200 µs…5 ms M8 connector PNP, push-pull IO-Link

S70-5-E2-N Optic fibre 10 µs…1 ms M8 connector NPN

S70-5-E2-P Optic fibre 10 µs…1 ms M8 connector PNP

Dimensions

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 39


Sensors

Fibre optics Technical data

OF series External diameter (sheath) Ø 2.2 mm; Ø 1 mm (TN vers)

Internal diameter (core) Ø 1 mm; Ø 1.5 mm (HP vers); Ø 0.5 mm (TN vers)

Bending radius 25 mm; 15 mm (TN vers); 5 mm (XF vers); 2 mm (UF vers)


• Extra-flexible versions
Mechanical protection IP67
• High-temperature versions Core material PMMA plastic

• High-efficiency versions Sheath material PE plastic

• Focusing, collimating & deviating lenses Terminal material Nickel plated brass

Operating temperature -40…+60 °C; -40…+125 °C (HT vers)

Storage temperature -40…+60 °C; -40…+125 °C (HT vers)

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Model Optic function Fibre type Length ** Terminal

OF-18-ST-10 Proximity Standard 1m M6 x 1 mm

OF-19-ST-10 Through beam Standard 1m M4 x 0.7 mm

OF-21-CL-20 Through beam Coiled 2m M4 x 0.7 mm

OF-22-ST-20 Proximity Standard 2m M6 x 1 mm *

OF-23-ST-20 Through beam Standard 2m M4 x 0.7 mm *

OF-24-ST-20 Proximity Standard 2m M4 x 0.7 mm

OF-25-TN-10 Through beam Thin (Ø1 mm) 1m M2 x 0.4 mm

OF-26-TN-10 Proximity Thin (Ø1 mm) 1m M3 x 0.5 mm

OF-28-TN-10 Proximity Thin (Ø1 mm) 1m M3 x 0.5 mm *

OF-36-ST-20 Coaxial proximity Standard 2m M6 x 1 mm

OF-36-XF-20 Coaxial proximity Extra-flexible 2m M6 x 1 mm

OF-38-ST-20 Proximity Standard 2m D3 x 15 mm

OF-42-ST-20 Proximity Standard 2m M6 x 0.75 mm

OF-42-HT-20 Proximity High-temperature 2m M6 x 0.75 mm

OF-42-UF-20 Proximity Ultra-flexible 2m M6 x 0.75 mm

OF-42-HP-20 Proximity High-efficiency 2m M6 x 0.75 mm

OF-43-ST-20 Through beam Standard 2m M4 x 0.7 mm

OF-43-HT-20 Through beam High-temperature 2m M4 x 0.7 mm

OF-43-UF-20 Through beam Ultra-flexible 2m M4 x 0.7 mm

OF-43-HP-20 Through beam High-efficiency 2m M4 x 0.7 mm

OF-44-ST-20 Coaxial proximity Standard 2m M4 x 0.7 mm

* A bendable stainless steel extension 90 mm long protrudes from the threaded optic head;
** The length indicated is approximate; please refer to the mechanical drawings for the exact dimensions

Accessories
Model Description Suitable fibres

AF-1 2 pcs 90° deviating lenses OF-43-xx

AF-2 2 pcs long distance collimating lenses (x 10) OF-43-xx

AF-3 1 pc focusing lens with 4 mm resolution OF-44-xx

AF-4 1 pc focusing lens with 0.4 mm resolution OF-44-xx

AF-5 2 pcs adapters Ø2.2 mm for thin fibres OF-xx-tn

AF-7 1 pc metal sheath for M6 x 0.75 Fibres OF-42-xx

AF-9 1 pc metal sheath for M4 x 07 fibres OF-43-xx (*)

AF-11 Fibre-cutting tool with Ø2.2 mm and Ø1.1 mm holes All

2 sheaths have to be ordered for both the emitter-receiver sections

40 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Contrast sensors Technical data

TLμ series Supply voltage 10 – 30 V dc polarity protection

Output PNP & NPN

Output current 200 mA max short-circuit protected


• Red/green or white LED
Power consumption 80 mA max
• Large variation with lenses Reaction time 50 μs max, 25 ms max (TLμ-4/5xx vers)
and fibre accessories
Change-over frequency 10 kHzmax, 20 kHz max (TLμ-4/5xx vers)
• Reaction time of 50 μs Temp. range -10…+55 °C

• Pre-cabled or M12 connector Light source Red 630 nm/green 526 nm LED; White LED (TLμ-4/5xx vers)

Standard light point 1.5 x 5 mm (9 mm lens); Ø 3 mm (9 lens – circular)

Standard detection depth ±3 mm (9 mm lens)

Setting Teach-in with 2 push buttons; external teach with 2 cables


Red OUTPUT LED; Green POWER LED (vers TLμ-417/517);
LED indication
Green READY LED
Light/dark on Automatic

Analogue output 0 – 5.5 V dc (2 V dc on white 90%) 2.2 kΩ output resistance

Time function 20 ms minimum output ON

IP-class IP67

Housing material Zinc

Lens material Glass

Connection M12 4-pole contact; 3m Ø6.1 mm screened cable

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co. u k

Model Emission Spot Optics Connection Output

TLµ-011 Red/green Vertical 9 mm Cable NPN


TLµ-011L Red/green Horizontal 9 mm Cable NPN
TLµ-015 Red/green Vertical 9 mm M12 connector NPN
TLµ-015L Red/green Horizontal 9 mm M12 connector NPN
TLµ-065 Red/green Vertical 18 mm M12 connector NPN
TLµ-111 Red/green Vertical 9 mm Cable PNP
TLµ-111L Red/green Horizontal 9 mm Cable PNP
TLµ-115 Red/green Vertical 9 mm M12 connector PNP
TLµ-115L Red/green Horizontal 9 mm M12 connector PNP
TLµ-165 Red/green Vertical 18 mm M12 connector PNP
TLµ-415C White Circular 9 mm M12 connector NPN
TLµ-411C White Circular 9 mm Cable NPN
TLµ-445 White Refer to fibres Fibre-optic M12 connector NPN
TLµ-515C White Circular 9 mm M12 connector PNP
TLµ-511C White Circular 9 mm Cable PNP
TLµ-545 White Refer to fibres Fibre-optic M12 connector PNP

Accessories
Model Description

Lens Hi-Res Lens with 9 mm focus *


Lens No.18 Lens with 18 mm focus
Lens No.22 Lens with 22 mm focus
Lens No.28 Lens with 28 mm focus
Lens No.SO Lens with 50 mm focus
OF-30-S Plastic fibre-optic L 50 cm – point–shaped spot proximity
OF-31-10 Glass fibre-optic L 100 cm – point–shaped spot proximity
OF-32-10 Glass fibre-optic L 100 cm – rectangular spot proximity
OF-33-10 Glass fibre-optic L 100 cm – through beam
OF-34-10 Glass fibre-optic L 100 cm – horizontal spot go* proximity
OF-3S-10 Glass fibre-optic L 100 cm – vertical spot go* proximity
* Focusing lens to screw between the sensor and the normal 9 mm lens

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 41


Sensors

Contrast sensors Technical data TL46-W TL46-WL TL46-WLF

TL46 series Supply voltage 10 – 30 V dc


85mA max
@ 24 V dc
50mA max (bargraph ON) 35mA max
Power consumption
@ 24 V dc 55mA max @ 24 Vdc
• RGB LED emission
@ 24 V dc
(bargraph OFF)
• Automatic, manual & dynamic setting
Output 1 PNP/NPN selectable output (default PNP configuration)
• Teach-in with 4 digit display option
Output current 100 mA max
• 15, 20 or 30 kHz switiching frequency Response time 33 μs 25 μs 16 μs

• NPN/PNP selection & analogue output Switching frequency 15 kHz 20 kHz 30 kHz

Temperature range -10…+55 °C

Emission type Red (630 nm); Green (520 nm); Blue (465 nm)

IP rating IP67

Housing material Aluminium

Lens material PMMA Glass

Connection M12 5-pole connector rotatable on 5 position

Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Part Number Light Emission Output Setting Indicators

TL46-W-815 RGB vertical spot Selectable PNP/NPN Teach-in 2 LEDs

TL46-W-815L RGB horizontal spot Selectable PNP/NPN Teach-in 2 LEDs

TL46-WL-815 RGB vertical spot Selectable PNP/NPN Teach-in 4 LEDs bargraph

TL46-WL-815L RGB horizontal spot Selectable PNP/NPN Teach-in 4 LEDs bargraph

TL46-WLF-815 RGB vertical spot Selectable PNP/NPN Teach-in 4 LEDs display

TL46-WLF-815L RGB horizontal spot Selectable PNP/NPN Teach-in 4 LEDs display

Lens attachments available

Model Description

Lens No.9 glass Glass lens with 9 mm focus

Lens No.9 PMMA Plastic lens with 9 mm focus

Lens Hi-Res glass Additional focussing glass lens (*)

Lens No.18 glass Glass lens with 18 mm focus

Lens No.22 glass Glass lens with 22 mm focus

Lens No.28 glass Glass lens with 28 mm focus

Lens No.40 glass Glass lens with 40 mm focus

* Focusing lens to screw between the sensor and normal 9 mm lens to reduce the light spot dimension and increase resolution

Spot orientation
Horizontal spot is present in the TL46 models with final L suffix

Horizontal spot Vertical spot

42 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Luminescence sensors Technical data LD46-UL-715 LD46-UL-735 LD46-UL-755

LD46 range Supply voltage 15 – 30 V dc, polarity protection

Output 1 NPN output, 1 PNP output

Analogue output 0.75 – 5.5 V max


• Luminescence spot detection
Output current 100 mA max
• 6 x High-Power UV LED Response time 250 μs

• Reaction time of 250 μs Temperature range -10…+55 °C

• Simple setting with +/- buttons Emission type LED UV, 375 nm

Light point 2 x 8 mm at 10 mm 4 x 15 mm at 50 mm 3 x 11 mm at 24 mm

Detection distance 10 – 20 mm 30 – 50 mm 20 – 40 mm

IP class IP67

Housing material Aluminium

Lens material Glass

Connection M12 5-pole contact

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co. u k

Part number Detection range Output Setting Light emission

LD46-UL-715 10...20mm Selectable PNP/NPN Manual using +/- and set push buttons LED UV 375 nm

LD46-UL-735 30...50mm Selectable PNP/NPN Manual using +/- and set push buttons LED UV 375 nm

LD46-UL-755 20...40mm Selectable PNP/NPN Manual using +/- and set push buttons LED UV 375 nm

Lens attachments available

Model Description

Lens No.9 glass Glass lens with 9 mm focus

Lens No.22 glass Glass lens with 22 mm focus

Lens No.40 glass Glass lens with 40 mm focus

* Focusing lens to screw between the sensor and normal 9 mm lens to reduce the light spot dimension and increase resolution

Indication & setting Dimensions

A Yellow OUTPUT LED

B Green READY LED

C Orange DELAY LED

d Orange KEYLOCK LED

E Bargraph

F +/- push buttons

G SET push button

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 43


Sensors

Slot sensors Technical data

SR21 series Supply voltage 10 – 30 V dc, reverse polarity protection

Output NPN and PNP, Rpull-down/up 10 kW

Output current 100 mA max, short-circuit protection


• High 25 kHz switching frequency
Response time 20 μs max
• IR or red/green light models Temperature range -20…+60 °C

• Detection of semi-transparent labels Emission type


Infrared LED 880 nm (IR vers.)
Red 635 nm/green LED 535 nm (RG vers.)
• Detection of register marks LED indication Yellow OUTPUT LED

on transparents Light/dark on Configurable

• 4-wire activated NPN or PNP output Resolution 0.5 mm

Slot width 2 mm

Slot depth 50 mm

Setting AUTO SET push-button

IP rating IP65

Housing material ZAMA

Lens material Glass

Connection M8 4-pole connector

Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Part number Emission Switching frequency

SR21-IR Infrared 25 kHz


SR21-RG Red/green 25 kHz

Dimensions

44 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Slot sensors Technical data

SR22 series Supply voltage 24 V dc ±15%

Output NPN/PNP

Output current 200 mA max


• Fast switching frequency up to 10 kHz
Response time 50 μs max
• Infrared LED light emission Temperature range -10…+60 °C

• Trimmer for sensibility adjustment Emission type Infrared LED 880 nm

• 4-wire antivalent NPN or PNP outputs LED indication Red OUTPUT LED

• Compact metal housing with glass lenses Light/dark on Dark (SR22-5-IR-OD); Light (SR22-5-IR-OL)

Resolution 1 mm

Slot width 2 mm

Slot depth 40 mm

Setting Trimmer

IP rating IP60

Housing material Aluminium

Lens material Glass

Connection M8 4-pole

Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co. u k

Part number Detection mode Switching frequency

SR22-5-IR-OD Dark 10 kHz


SR22-5-IR-OL Light 10 kHz

Dimensions

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 45


Sensors

Fork sensors Technical data

SR23 series Supply voltage 10 – 30 V dc

Output PNP/NPN

Output current 100 mA max


• Multilayer labels detection
Response time 40 µs max
• 5 mm slot width Temperature range -20…5 °C

• Push-button dynamic or static setting Emission type Infrared 850 nm

• Compact and robust housing, IP65 LED indication READY LED (green), OUT LED (yellow)

• M8 connector or 2 m cable models Switching frequency 12 kHz max.

Slot width 5 mm
• PNP or NPN models
Slot depth 50 mm

Setting SET push-button

IP rating IP65

Housing material Aluminum (Zama)

Lens material PC

Connection M8 4-pole connector, 2 m cable 4 wires

Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Part number Output Connection

SR23-2-IR-PH PNP 2 m cable


SR23-2-IR-NH NPN 4-wire
SR23-5-IR-PH PNP M8 connector
SR23-5-IR-NH NPN 4-pole

Dimensions
Cabled

M8 connector

46 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Ultrasonic fork sensors Technical data

SRX3 Supply voltage 12 – 30 V dc

Output PNP/NPN

Output current 250 mA max


• Dynamic or static teach models
Response time 1ms
• Slot size 3mm Temperature range 0…+50 °C

• High resolution up to 2 mm label gap Minimum pulse time 1 ms

• M8 connector with PNP/NPN output Ultrasonic frequency 300 kHz

• M12 connector with PNP/NPN output Rising time 0.8 μs max

& external teach-in Falling time 1.6 μs max

• Rugged & sturdy aluminium housing IP rating IP54

Housing material Aluminium

Switching frequency 500 Hz

Connection M12 5-pin

Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co. u k

Part number Adjustment Output Connection

SRX3-5-US-M12-PNH Dynamic teach-in PNP/NPN +EXT M12 5-pin


SRX3-5-US-3-M12-PNH Static teach-in PNP/NPN +EXT M12 5-pin
SRX3-6-US-M8-PH Dynamic teach-in PNP+EXT M8 4-pin
SRX3-6-US-3-M8-PH Static teach-in PNP+EXT M8 4-pin
SRX3-6-US-M8-PN Dynamic teach-in PNP/NPN M8 4-pin
SRX3-6-US-3-M8-PN Static teach-in PNP/NPN M8 4-pin

Dimensions

M8 connector M12 connector

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 47


Sensors

Fork sensors Technical data

SRF series Supply voltage 10 – 30 V dc

Output PNP or NPN

Output current 200 mA short circuit protection


• Visible red LED emission versions
Response time 166 µs (laser version); 333 µs (LED version)
• High resolution laser versions Temperature range -10…+60 °C

• Versions with 30, 50, 80 & 120 mm slots Emmision type Red LED 640 nm2; Red laser 650 nm3

• Sensitivity adjustment & dark/light selectors LED indication Red LED

• Sturdy metal housing with glass lenses IP rating IP65

Housing material Anodised aluminium

Lens material Glass

Connection M8 3-pole

Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Model Slot Emission type Output Resolution

SRF-30-5-P 30 mm Red LED PNP 0.3 mm

SRF-30-5-N 30 mm Red LED NPN 0.3 mm

SRF-50-5-P 50 mm Red LED PNP 0.5 mm

SRF-50-5-N 50 mm Red LED NPN 0.5 mm

SRF-80-5-P 80 mm Red LED PNP 0.5 mm

SRF-80-5-N 80 mm Red LED NPN 0.5 mm

SRF-120-5-P 120 mm Red LED PNP 0.8 mm

SRF-120-5-N 120 mm Red LED NPN 0.8 mm

SRF-L-30-5-P 30 mm Red laser PNP 0.06 mm

SRF-L-50-5-P 50 mm Red laser PNP 0.1 mm

SRF-L-80-5-P 80 mm Red laser PNP 0.2 mm

SRF-L-120-5-P 120 mm Red laser PNP 0.3 mm

Indication & setting Dimensions

A OUTPUT status LED

B Sensitivity trimmer

C Orutput type selector

D M8 connector output

48 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Colour sensors Technical data

S65-V series Supply voltage 10 – 30 V dc, ripple 2 Vpp

Output PNP/NPN

Output current ≤100 mA


• 3 separate outputs
Detection distance 5 – 45 mm
• LED with white light and RGB receiver Response time 335 μs

• 2 push-button easy setting Temperature range -10…+55°C

• 4 digit display Emission type White LED 400 – 700 nm


4 digit display; Green active OUTPUT LEDs
LED indication
Yellow ‘OR’ function OUTPUT LED
Light point Approx. 4 mm at 20 mm

IP rating IP67

Housing material ABS

Lens material Glass

Time function Selectable between 5, 10, 20, 30 and 40 ms

Connection M12 8-pole contact

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co. u k

Model Connection Output RS485

S65-PA-5-V09-NNN M12 connector NPN


S65-PA-5-V09-NNNZ M12 connector NPN
S65-PA-5-V09-PPP M12 connector PNP
S65-PA-5-V09-PPPZ M12 connector PNP
S65-PA-5-V19-NNN M12 connector NPN
S65-PA-5-V19-NNNZ M12 connector NPN
S65-PA-5-V19-PPP M12 connector PNP
S65-PA-5-V19-PPPZ M12 connector PNP

Indication & setting Dimensions

A Output ‘OR’ function LED E SET push-button

B Output status LED F +/- selection push-buttons

C 4 digit display G  12 connector output,


M
orientable on 2 positions
D SET push-button

Connection
S65-PA-5
Versions & options refer to model selection table

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 49


Sensors

Distance sensors Technical data

S80 series Supply voltage 15 – 30 V dc (limit values)

Output 2 PNP NO or NPN NO; 4…20 mA analogue

Output current ≤100 mA


• High precision & speed
Response time 5 ms (NORMAL)/1 ms (FAST) 6 ms (YLO)
• Proximity measurement range scalable Temperature range -10…+50 °C
from 0…7 m
Emission type
Red laser 658 nm, class 2
• Retroreflex measurement range reaching
IP rating IP67
20 or 100 m on reflector
Housing material Aluminium
• 4 digit display & RS485 serial interface
Lens material Glass

Connection M12 8-pole

Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Model Maximum distance Reflector Connection Output

S80-MH-5-Y09-PPIZ 4m No M12 connector PNP

S80-MH-5-Y09-NNIZ 4m No M12 connector NPN

S80-MH-5-YL09-PPIZ 7m No M12 connector PNP

S80-MH-5-YL09-NNIZ 7m No M12 connector NPN

S80-MH-5-Y19-PPIZ 20 m Yes * M12 connector PNP

S80-MH-5-Y19-NNIZ 20 m Yes * M12 connector NPN

S80-MH-5-Y29-PPIZ 100 m Yes * M12 connector PNP

S80-MH-5-Y29-NNIZ 100 m Yes * M12 connector NPN

* Supplied with the sensor

Indication & setting Dimensions

B C D

A
OUT

F E F

A Output ‘OR’ function LED

B Output status LED

C Response time LED

D 4 digit display

E SET push-button

F +/- Buttons

50 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Distance sensors Technical data

S81 series Power supply 24 V dc +/- 20%, limit values


2 PNP or NPN outputs;
Output type 1 PNP or NPN alarm output (only S81...M)
1 analogue 0-10 v output (only S81...Y)
• Proximity measurement up to 4 m Output current 100 mA max.

• Easy setting via push-buttons Response time 5 ms

Operating temperature -10…+50 °C


• 2 PNP or NPN digital outputs
Light emission
• 0 – 10 V analogue output or alarm Red laser 665 nm, Class 2
Mechanical protection IP67
output
Housing material ABS

Lens material PMMA

Connection M12 8-pole

Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co. u k

Selection table Analogue output Scalable 0-10 V Alarm output 2 PNP


2 NPN
Part number 0-10 V analogue output Switching outputs Switching outputs
S81-PL-5-M03-NNC

S81-PL-5-M03-PPC

S81-PL-5-Y03-NNV

S81-PL-5-Y03-PPV

S81-PL-5-Y03-PPVK

Part number Max distance Analogue out Alarm output Switching output

S81-PL-5-M03-NNC 4m No Yes 2 NPN

S81-PL-5-M03-PPC 4m No Yes 2 PNP

S81-PL-5-Y03-NNV 4m Yes No 2 NPN

S81-PL-5-Y03-PPV 4m Yes No 2 PNP

S81-PL-5-Y03-PPVK 4m Yes No 2 PNP

Indication & setting Dimensions

D E

A Output 2 push-button

B Output 1 push-button

C Output 1 LED

D Output 2 LED

E Power/alarm LED

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 51


Sensors

Distance sensors Technical data

S85 series Supply voltage 24 V dc ±20%

Output 2 PNP NO or NPN NO; 4…20 mA analogue

Output current ≤100 mA


• Time of Flight technology
Response time 30 ms (S85…Y03); 15 – 30 ms (S85…Y13)
• Class 2 visible red LASER for an easy Temperature range -15…+50 °C
alignment with the target
Emission type
Red laser Class 2
• Measuring range up to 10 m
IP rating IP65, IP67
or 20 m in the advanced model
Housing material Zinc alloy ZAMA 13
• Standard M12 connector
Lens material PMMA

• IP67 Industrial metal housing Connection M12 8-pole (S85…Y13); M12 5-pole (S85…Y03)

Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Output/input
Model Optic function Operating distance Connection

S85-MH-5-Y03-OOV Distance sensor (basic) 10 m M12 5-pole 2 digital outputs; analogue output voltage 0…10 V

S85-MH-5-Y03-OO1 Distance sensor (basic) 10 m M12 5-pole 2 digital outputs; analogue output current 4…20 mA
2 digital outputs; analogue output current 4…20 mA or voltage 0…10 V;
S85-MH-5-Y13-OO1VY Distance sensor (advanced) 20 m M12 8-pole
RS485 multifunction input
S85-MH-5-Y13-OOY Distance sensor (advanced) 20 m M12 8-pole 2 digital outputs; RS485 multifunction input

Accessories
+8°

-12°

Dimensions

52 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Area sensors Technical data

AS1 series Supply voltage 24 V dc ±15%

Output 1 PNP

Output current 200 mA max


• Crossed beam area sensors
Response time 1.75 mn (AS1-SR vers.); 2.75 – 8 ms (AS1-HR vers.)
• 100 mm controlled height Temperature range -0…+50 °C

• Operating distance reaching 3 m Emission type Infrared 880 nm

• Adjusting trimmer LED indication Green POWER ON LED; yellow OUT LED

Transmitter indication Green POWER ON LED

Number of lens globes 6 (AS1-SR vers.); 16 (AS1-HR vers.)

IP rating IP65

Housing material Aluminium

Lens material PMMA

Connection M12 4-pole (TX); M12 5-pole (RX)

Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co. u k

Model Distance Resolution Controlled height Adjustment

AS1-LD-HR-010-J 0.3 – 2.1 m High 100 mm

ASI-LD-HR-P-010-P 0.3 – 2.1 m High 100 mm

AS1-LD-SR-010-J 0.3 – 2.1 m Standard 100 mm

ASI-LD-SR-P-010-P 0.3 – 2.1 m Standard 100 mm

AS1-HD-HR-010-J 0.8 – 3 m High 100 mm

AS1-HD-SR-010-J 0.8 – 3 m Standard 100 mm

Fixing brackets and screws are supplied in the package

Dimensions

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 53


Sensors

Reflectors Technical data Prismatic reflectors

R series Mechanical protection IP67

Material Reflector in PMMA plastic; support in ABS

Operating temperature -30…+70 °C

• Prismatic reflectors for Storage temperature -30…+70 °C


retro reflective sensors
For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk
• High efficiency models for long
operating distances

• Microprism reflectors for sensors with


laser emission

Part number Description

RT3870 200 x 300 mm self-adhesive reflective tape

RT3970 200 x 300 mm self-adhesive reflective tape for polarised light

RT3970 60 x 40 mm self-adhesive reflective tape for polarised light

R1 Ø 23 mm prismatic reflector with Ø 31 mm support

R2 Ø 48 mm prismatic reflector with Ø 63 mm support

R3 18 x 54 mm prismatic reflector with 22 x 82 mm support

R4 47x 47 mm prismatic reflector with 51.5 x 61 mm support

R5 Ø 75 mm prismatic reflector with Ø 82 mm support

R6 36 x 55 mm prismatic reflector with 40.5 x 60 mm support

R7 38 x 40 mm microprism reflector with 51 x 61 mm support

R8 9.7 x 19 mm microprism reflector with 13.8 x 23 mm support

R9 Ø 23 mm prismatic reflector with Ø 25 mm self-adhesive support

R10 36 x 176 mm prismatic reflector with 41 x 181 mm support

R11 146 x 15 mm prismatic reflector with 150 x 18 mm support

R20 Ø 48 mm prismatic reflector with Ø 63 mm support

S12 Ø 48 mm prismatic reflector with ch.52 Mm hexagon support

Dimensions

54 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 55


Sensors

Measurement sensors Technical data

DS1 series Supply voltage 24 V dc ±20%

Output 1 PNP output, 1 x 0 – 10 V analogue output

Reaction time 1 ms – 2.75 ms


• Measurement of object dimensions
Temperature range 0…+55 °C
or position
LED indication Infrared (880 nm)
• Controlled heights ranging from
Receiver indication Green POWER ON LED; Yellow OUT LED
100 to 300 mm
Transmitter indication Green POWER ON LED
• Operating distance reaching 4 m
Resolution 4 – 7 mm
• PNP & 0 – 10 V analogue output IP rating IP65

• Adjustment trimmer Housing material Aluminium

Lens material PMMA

Connection TX: M12 4-pole contact; RX: M12 8-pole contact

Approvals IP65 (EN 60529)

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Model Resolution Operating distance Controlled height Trimmer

DS1-LD-SR-010-JV Standard 0.15…2.10 m 100 mm

DS1-LD-HR-010-JV High 0.15…2.10 m 100 mm

DS1-LD-SR-015-JV Standard 0.15…2.10 m 150 mm

DS1-LD-HR-015-JV High 0.15…2.10 m 150 mm

DS1-LD-SR-030-JV Standard 0.15…2.10 m 300 mm

DS1-LD-SR-010-PV Standard 0.15…2.10 m 100 mm

DS1-LD-SR-015-PV Standard 0.15…2.10 m 150 mm

DS1-LD-SR-030-PV Standard 0.15…2.10 m 300 mm

DS1-SD-SR-010-JV Standard 0.15…0.80 m 100 mm

DS1-SD-HR-010-JV High 0.15…0.80 m 100 mm

DS1-SD-SR-015-JV Standard 0.15…0.80 m 150 mm

DS1-SD-HR-015-JV High 0.15…0.80 m 150 mm

DS1-SD-SR-030-JV Standard 0.15…0.80 m 300 mm

DS1-HD-SR-010-JV Standard 0.20…4.00 m 100 mm

DS1-HD-SR-015-JV Standard 0.20…4.00 m 150 mm

DS1-HD-SR-030-JV Standard 0.20…4.00 m 300 mm

Dimensions

56 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Measurement sensors Technical data DS2-05-07…JV DS2-05-25…JV DS2-05-07…JE

DS2 series Supply voltage 24 V dc ±20%


1 change-over output; load max 10 kW load min 100 W
Output
1 analogue output; 0 – 10 V (DVmax. 2%)
Temperature range 0…+50 °C
• Measurement in automatic
LED indication Infrared (880 nm)
material handling
IP rating IP65 (EN 60529)
• 150…2500 mm controlled height
Housing material Painted aluminium (Pulverit 5121/0085 black)
• Operating distance up to 5 m or 10 m Lens material PMMA

• Digital PNP output Connection


TX: M12 4-pole contact; RX: M12 8-pole contact;;
M12 4-pole type “D” (DS2-05-07…JE only)
• 0…10 V analogue output Approvals IP65 (EN 60529)

• Serial RS485 protocol or ethernet


For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co. u k
host interface

Model Distance Controlled height Operating range

DS3-SD-015 Short 150 mm 0.2…0.6 mm

DS3-SD-030 Short 300 mm 0.2…0.6 mm

DS3-SD-045 Short 450 mm 0.2…0.6 mm

DS3-SD-060 Short 600 mm 0.2…0.6 mm

DS3-LD-015 Long 150 mm 0.6…1.5 mm

DS3-LD-030 Long 300 mm 0.6…1.5 mm

DS3-LD-045 Long 450 mm 0.6…1.5 mm

DS3-LD-060 Long 600 mm 0.6…1.5 mm

Fixing brackets and screws are supplied with the product

h1
Model Optics interaxis (mm) A x B (mm) h (mm) N°. beams
Length of controlled area (mm)

DS2-05-07-015-JV 6.75 147 35 x 40 256 21

DS2-05-07-030-JV 6.75 294 35 x 40 403 42

DS2-05-07-045-JV 6.75 441 35 x 40 550 63

DS2-05-07-060-JV 6.75 588 35 x 40 697 84

DS2-05-07-075-JV 6.75 735 35 x 40 844 105

DS2-05-07-090-JV 6.75 882 35 x 40 991 126

DS2-05-07-105-JV 6.75 1029 35 x 40 1138 147

DS2-05-07-120-JV 6.75 1176 35 x 40 1285 168

DS2-05-07-135-JV 6.75 1323 35 x 40 1432 189

DS2-05-07-150-JV 6.75 1470 35 x 40 1579 210

ds2-05-07-165-Jv 6.75 1617 35 x 40 1726 231

ds2-05-25-045-Jv 25 453 35 x 40 562 18

ds2-05-25-060-Jv 25 604 35 x 40 713 24

ds2-05-25-075-Jv 25 755 35 x 40 864 30

ds2-05-25-090-Jv 25 912 35 x 40 1015 36

ds2-05-07-060-Je 6.75 588 35 x 40 697 84

ds2-05-07-075-Je 6.75 735 35 x 40 844 105

ds2-05-07-090-Je 6.75 882 35 x 40 991 126

ds2-05-07-120-Je 6.75 1176 35 x 40 1285 168

ds2-05-07-150-Je 6.75 1470 35 x 40 1579 210

ds2-05-07-165-Je 6.75 1617 35 x 40 1726 231

Dimensions
RX

TX

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 57


Sensors

Measurement sensors Technical data

DS3 series Supply voltage 24 V dc ±15 %


1 PNP output max 10 kW load
Output
1 analog output; 0 – 10 V (D V max 5%)
Temperature range -10…+55 °C
• Operating distance reaching 1.5 m Green POWER ON LED; Orange OUT LED;
Receiver indicators
& up to 600 mm controlled height Red FAILURE/ERROR LED
LED indication Green power on LED
• Digital PNP & 0…10 V
IP rating IP65 (EN 60529)
analogue outputs
Housing material Painted aluminium (shiny black RAL9005)
• Simple configuration using the internal
Lens material PMMA
dip-switches
Connection M12 4-pole connector for TX; M12 8-pole connector for RX
• Teach-in setting
Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Model Distance Controlled height Operating range

DS3-SD-015 Short 150 mm 0.2…0.6 mm

DS3-SD-030 Short 300 mm 0.2…0.6 mm

DS3-SD-045 Short 450 mm 0.2…0.6 mm

DS3-SD-060 Short 600 mm 0.2…0.6 mm

DS3-LD-015 Long 150 mm 0.6…1.5 mm

DS3-LD-030 Long 300 mm 0.6…1.5 mm

DS3-LD-045 Long 450 mm 0.6…1.5 mm

DS3-LD-060 Long 600 mm 0.6…1.5 mm

Fixing brackets and screws are supplied with the product

Dimensions

58 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Inductive sensors Technical data

IS-08 series Supply voltage 10 – 30 V dc (-15/+10%)

Output PNP or NPN

Output current 200 mA max


• 1.5 mm to 2 mm operating distance –
Switching frequency 1000 Hz
shielded, unshielded
Temperature range - 25…+70 °C
• Short housing models
LED indication Yellow LED
• Cable or M8 or M12 connector models
IP rating IP67

• Output status LED Housing material Nickel plated brass

Connection 2 m cable or M8 and M12 connector

Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co. u k

Part number key


Type I S – 0 8 – X X – X X
8 mm barrel diameter 0 8

Housing
Flush standard housing A
Flush short housing B
Non-flush standard housing C
Non-flush short housing D
Flush standard housing double range G
Non-flush standard housing double range H
Flush short housing (steel) M
Non-flush short housing (steel) N
Output
10 – 30 V dc PNP NO 1
10 – 30 V dc PNP NC 2
10 – 30 V dc NPN NO 3
10 – 30 V dc NPN NC 4
NAMUR 20

Connections
2 m embedded cable 0 3
M8 3-pole connector S 1
M12 4-pole connector S 2

Popular inductives
Part Number Description

IS-08-A1-03 Ø8 standard – flush 1.5 mm – PNP NO – 2 m cable

IS-08-A1-S1 Ø8 standard – flush 1.5 mm – PNP NO – M8 connector

IS-08-A1-S2 Ø8 standard – flush 1.5 mm – PNP NO – M12 connector

IS-08-A3-S2 Ø8 standard – flush 1.5 mm – NPN NO – M12 connector

IS-08-C1-S2 Ø8 standard – non flush 2 mm – PNP NO – M12 connector

IS-08-C3-03 Ø8 standard – non flush 2 mm – NPN NO – 2 m cable

IS-08-G1-S2 Ø8 short – double range flush 2 mm – PNP NO – M12 connector

IS-08-H1-S2 Ø8 short – double range non flush 3 mm – PNP NO – M12 connector

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 59


Sensors

Inductive sensors Technical data


IS-12 series Supply voltage 10 – 30 V dc (-15/+10%)

Output PNP or NPN

Output current 200 mA max


• Suitable for a wide range of
Switching frequency 1000 Hz
industrial applications
Temperature range - 25…+70 °C
• Stainless steel versions suitable for
LED indication Yellow LED
food applications
IP rating IP67
• 1X and 2X operating distances: high
Housing material Nickel plated brass
detection reliability & precise reading
Connection 2 m cable or M12 connector
• Flexible 2, 3 or 4 wire connections
Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma t i on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Part number key


Type I S – 1 2 – X X – X X
12 mm barrel diameter 1 2

Housing
Flush standard housing A
Flush short housing B
Non-flush standard housing C
Non-flush short housing D
Flush standard housing double range E
Non-flush standard housing double range F
Flush short housing double range G
Non-flush short housing double range H
Flush standard housing metal face I
Non-flush standard housing metal face L
Flush short housing (steel) M
Non-flush short housing (steel) N
Flush short housing double range (steel) O
Non-flush short housing double range (steel) P
Output
10 – 30 V dc 4-wire 0
10 – 30 V dc PNP NO 1
10 – 30 V dc PNP NC 2
10 – 30 V dc NPN NO 3
10 – 30 V dc NPN NC 4
10 – 30 V dc PNP NO/NC 5
10 – 30 V dc NPN NO/NC 6
10 – 30 V dc 2-wire NO/NC 9
NAMUR 20

Connections
2 m embedded cable 0 3
M12 4-pole connector S 2

Popular inductives
Part Number Description

IS-12-A1-S2 Ø12 standard – flush 2 mm – PNP NO – M12 connector

IS-12-A3-S2 Ø12 standard – flush 2 mm – NPN NO – M12 connector

IS-12-C1-03 Ø12 standard – non flush 4 mm – PNP NO – 2 m cable

IS-12-C3-S2 Ø12 standard – non flush 4 mm – NPN NO – M12 connector

IS-12-G5-S2 Ø12 short – double range flush 4 mm – PNP NO + NC – M12 connector

IS-12-H5-S2 Ø12 short – double range non flush 8 mm – PNP NO + NC – M12 connector

60 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Inductive sensors Technical data

IS-18 series Supply voltage 10 – 30 V dc (-15/+10%)

Output PNP or NPN

Output current 200 mA max


• Suitable for a wide range of
Switching frequency 1000 Hz
industrial applications
Temperature range - 25…+70 °C
• Stainless steel versions suitable for
LED indication Yellow LED
food applications
IP rating IP67
• 1X and 2X operating distances: high
Housing material Nickel plated brass
detection reliability & precise reading
Connection 2 m cable or M12 connector
• Flexible 2, 3 or 4 wire connections
Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. co. u k

Part number key


Type I S – 1 8 – X X – X X
18 mm barrel diameter 1 8

Housing
Flush standard housing A
Flush short housing B
Non-flush standard housing C
Non-flush short housing D
Flush standard housing double range E
Non-flush standard housing double range F
Flush short housing double range G
Non-flush short housing double range H
Flush standard housing metal face I
Non-flush standard housing metal face L
Flush short housing (steel) M
Non-flush short housing (steel) N
Flush short housing double range (steel) O
Non-flush short housing double range (steel) P
Output
10 – 30 V dc 4-wire 0
10 – 30 V dc PNP NO 1
10 – 30 V dc PNP NC 2
10 – 30 V dc NPN NO 3
10 – 30 V dc NPN NC 4
10 – 30 V dc PNP NO/NC 5
10 – 30 V dc NPN NO/NC 6
10 – 30 V dc -wire NO/NC 9
20 – 250 V ac/V dc 2 & 3-wire NO 15
NAMUR 20

Connections
2 m embedded cable 0 3
M12 4-pole connector S 2

Popular inductives
Part Number Description

IS-18-A1-S2 Ø18 standard – flush 5 mm – PNP NO – M12 connector

IS-18-A15-03 Ø18 standard – flush 5 mm – 2 wire + GN VAC NO – 2 m cable

IS-18-C1-S2 Ø18 standard – non flush 8 mm – PNP NO – M12 connector

IS-18-G5-S2 Ø18 short – double range flush 8 mm – PNP NO + NC – M12 connector

IS-18-H5-S2 Ø18 short – double range non flush 14 mm – PNP NO + NC – M12 connector

IS-18-A20-03 Ø18 short – flush 5mm – NAMUR – 2 m cable

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 61


Sensors

Inductive sensors Technical data


IS-30 series Supply voltage 10 – 30 V dc (-15/+10%)

Output PNP or NPN

Output current 200 mA max


• Suitable for a wide range of
Switching frequency 1000 Hz
industrial applications
Temperature range - 25…+70 °C
• Stainless steel versions suitable for
LED indication Yellow LED
food applications
IP rating IP67
• 1X and 2X operating distances: high
Housing material Nickel plated brass
detection reliability & precise reading
Connection 2 m cable or M12 connector
• Flexible 2, 3 or 4 wire connections
Approvals

For mor e i nf or ma ti on, v i s i t ou r w e b s i t e , w w w. oe m. c o .uk

Part number key


Type I S – 3 0 – X X – X X
30 mm barrel diameter 3 0

Housing
Flush standard housing A
Flush short housing B
Non-flush standard housing C
Non-flush short housing D
Flush standard housing double range E
Non-flush standard housing double range F
Flush short housing double range G
Non-flush short housing double range H
Flush standard housing metal face I
Non-flush standard housing metal face L
Flush short housing (steel) M
Non-flush short housing (steel) N
Flush short housing double range (steel) O
Non-flush short housing double range (steel) P
Output
10 – 30 V dc 4-wire 0
10 – 30 V dc PNP NO 1
10 – 30 V dc PNP NC 2
10 – 30 V dc NPN NO 3
10 – 30 V dc NPN NC 4
10 – 30 V dc PNP NO/NC 5
10 – 30 V dc NPN NO/NC 6
10 – 30 V dc -wire NO/NC 9
20 – 250 V ac/V dc 2 & 3-wire NO 15
NAMUR 20

Connections
2 m embedded cable 0 3
M12 4-pole connector S 2

Popular inductives
Part Number Description

IS-30-A1-S2 Ø30 standard – flush 10 mm – PNP NO – M12 connector

IS-30-A15-03 Ø30 standard – flush 10mm – 2 wire + GN VAC NO – 2 m cable

IS-30-C1-S2 Ø30 standard – non flush 15 mm – PNP NO – M12 connector

IS-30-G5-S2 Ø30 short – double range flush 15 mm – PNP NO + NC – M12 connector

IS-30-H5-S2 Ø30 short – double range non flush 20 mm – PNP NO + NC – M12 connector

IS-30-A20-S2 Ø30 short – flush 10 mm – NAMUR – M12 connector

62 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Accessories – fixing brackets


ST series

• Fixing brackets for universal sensors

• Fixed supports for tubular M18 sensors

• Supports with optic axis regulation

• Good shock and vibration resistance

Part Number Sensor models

JOINT-18 Tubular barrel sensors, S50/S15


JOINT-62 Compact sensors, S62
ST-504 Compact sensors, S62
ST-5010 Tubular barrel sensors, S50/S15
ST-5011 Tubular barrel sensors, S50/S15
ST-5012 Tubular barrel sensors, S50/S15
ST-5039 Miniature sensors, S3Z
ST-5053 Compact sensors, S62
ST-5054 Compact sensors, S62
ST-5072 Compact sensors, S8
ST-5099 Maxi sensors, S300
ST-5100 Maxi sensors, S300
SWING-18 Tubular barrel sensors, S50/S15
* More fixing brackets available on request

Dimensions

ST-504 ST-5011

ST-5039 ST-5099

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 63


Sensors

Ultrasonic sensors
P43 series

• 4 – 20 mA/0 – 10 V analogue output

• PNP/NPN output versions

• Distances up to 6000 mm

• M18, M30 barrel or square housing

• M12 connector or 2 m embedded cable

Order number New order number Housing/output/connection Sensing range in mm


P43-F4V-2D-001-180E P43-200-M18-PBT-2P-CM12 M18/2 x PNP NO/NC/Connector M12 200 – 2000
P43-F4V-2D-001-220E P43-160-M18-PBT-2P-CM12 M18/2 x PNP NO/NC/Connector M12 80 – 1600
P43-F4V-2D-001-300E P43-80-M18-PBT-2P-CM12 M18/2 x PNP NO/NC/Connector M12 100 – 800
P43-F4V-2D-001-330E P43-50-M18-PBT-2P-CM12 M18/2 x PNP NO/NC/Connector M12 60 – 500
P43-F4V-2D-001-360E P43-40-M18-PBT-2P-CM12 M18/2 x PNP NO/NC/Connector M12 30 – 400
P43-F4V-2D-002-180E P43-200-M18-PBT-2N-CM12 M18/2 x NPN NO/NC/Connector M12 200 – 2000
P43-F4V-2D-002-220E P43-160-M18-PBT-2N-CM12 M18/2 x NPN NO/NC/Connector M12 80 – 1600
P43-F4V-2D-002-300E P43-80-M18-PBT-2N-CM12 M18/2 x NPN NO/NC/Connector M12 100 – 800
P43-F4V-2D-002-330E P43-50-M18-PBT-2N-CM12 M18/2 x NPN NO/NC/Connector M12 60 – 500
P43-F4V-2D-002-360E P43-40-M18-PBT-2N-CM12 M18/2 x NPN NO/NC/Connector M12 30 – 400
P43-F4V-2D-1C0-180E P43-200-M18-PBT-U-CM12 M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12 200 – 2000
P43-F4V-2D-1C0-220E P43-160-M18-PBT-U-CM12 M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12 80 – 1600
P43-F4V-2D-1C0-300E P43-80-M18-PBT-U-CM12 M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12 100 – 800
P43-F4V-2D-1C0-330E P43-50-M18-PBT-U-CM12 M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12 60 – 500
P43-F4V-2D-1C0-360E P43-40-M18-PBT-U-CM12 M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12 30 – 400
P43-F4V-2D-1D0-180E P43-200-M18-PBT-I-CM12 M18/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12 200 – 2000
P43-F4V-2D-1D0-220E P43-160-M18-PBT-I-CM12 M18/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12 80 – 1600
P43-F4V-2D-1D0-300E P43-80-M18-PBT-I-CM12 M18/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12 100 – 800
P43-F4V-2D-1D0-330E P43-50-M18-PBT-I-CM12 M18/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12 60 – 500
P43-F4V-2D-1D0-360E P43-40-M18-PBT-I-CM12 M18/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12 30 – 400
P43-F4Y-2D-001-180E P43-200-M18-PBT-2P-2m M18/2 x PNP NO/NC/Cable 2 m 200 – 2000
P43-F4Y-2D-001-220E P43-160-M18-PBT-2P-2m M18/2 x PNP NO/NC/Cable 2 m 80 – 1600
P43-F4Y-2D-001-300E P43-80-M18-PBT-2P-2m M18/2 x PNP NO/NC/Cable 2 m 100 – 800
P43-F4Y-2D-001-330E P43-50-M18-PBT-2P-2m M18/2 x PNP NO/NC/Cable 2 m 60 – 500
P43-F4Y-2D-001-360E P43-40-M18-PBT-2P-2m M18/2 x PNP NO/NC/Cable 2 m 30 – 400
P43-F4Y-2D-002-180E P43-200-M18-PBT-2N-2m M18/2 x NPN NO/NC/Cable 2 m 200 – 2000
P43-F4Y-2D-002-220E P43-160-M18-PBT-2N-2m M18/2 x NPN NO/NC/Cable 2 m 80 – 1600
P43-F4Y-2D-002-300E P43-80-M18-PBT-2N-2m M18/2 x NPN NO/NC/Cable 2 m 100 – 800
P43-F4Y-2D-002-330E P43-50-M18-PBT-2N-2m M18/2 x NPN NO/NC/Cable 2 m 60 – 500
Other versions available – call 0116 284 9900

Dimensions

64 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Ultrasonic sensors
P44 series

• Distances up to 3500 mm

• M30 size

• All output types

Order number New order number Housing/output/connection Sensing range in mm


P44-T4V-AD-1CD1-130E P44-350-M30-UI2P-CM12 M30/0 – 10 V + 4 – 20 mA + 2 x PNP NO/NC/Connector M12 350 – 3500
P44-T4V-AD-1CD1-180E P44-200-M30-UI2P-CM12 M30/0 – 10 V + 4 – 20 mA + 2 x PNP NO/NC/Connector M12 250 – 2000
P44-T4V-AD-1CD1-220E P44-160-M30-UI2P-CM12 M30/0 – 10 V + 4 – 20 mA + 2 x PNP NO/NC/Connector M12 80 – 1600
P44-T4V-AD-1CD2-130E P44-350-M30-UI2N-CM12 M30/0 – 10 V + 4 – 20 mA + 2 x NPN NO/NC/Connector M12 350 – 3500
P44-T4V-AD-1CD2-180E P44-200-M30-UI2N-CM12 M30/0 – 10 V + 4 – 20 mA + 2 x NPN NO/NC/Connector M12 250 – 2000
P44-T4V-AD-1CD2-220E P44-160-M30-UI2N-CM12 M30/0 – 10 V + 4 – 20 mA + 2 x NPN NO/NC/Connector M12 80 – 1600
P44-T4V-AD-1CD2-300E P44-35-M30-UI2N-CM12 M30/0 – 10 V + 4 – 20 mA + 2 x NPN NO/NC/Connector M12 60 – 350
P44-T4V-2D-001-130E P44-350-M30-2P-CM12 M30/2 x PNP NO/NC/Connector M12 350 – 3500
P44-T4V-2D-001-180E P44-200-M30-2P-CM12 M30/2 x PNP NO/NC/Connector M12 250 – 2000

Ultrasonic sensors
P47 series

• Distances up to 2500 mm

• M18 or M30 sizes

• M12 connector or 2 m embedded cable

Order number New order number Housing/output/connection Sensing range in mm


P47-F4V-2D-1C0-180E P47-150-M18-U-CM12 M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12 200 – 1500
P47-F4V-2D-1C0-300E P47-60-M18-U-CM12 M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12 100 – 600
P47-F4V-2D-1C0-330E P47-30-M18-U-CM12 M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12 60 – 300
P47-F4V-2D-1D0-180E P47-150-M18-I-CM12 M18/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12 200 – 1500
P47-F4V-2D-1D0-300E P47-60-M18-I-CM12 M18/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12 100 – 600
P47-F4V-2D-1D0-330E P47-30-M18-I-CM12 M18/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12 60 – 300
P47-F4X-2D-001-180E P47-150-M18-PNO-m3CM12 M18/1 x PNP NO/Pigtail M12 200 – 1500
P47-F4X-2D-001-300E P47-60-M18-PNO-m3CM12 M18/1 x PNP NO/Pigtail M12 100 – 600
P47-F4X-2D-001-330E P47-30-M18-PNO-m3CM12 M18/1 x PNP NO/Pigtail M12 60 – 300
P47-F4X-2D-002-180E P47-150-M18-NNO-m3CM12 M18/1 x NPN NO/Pigtail M12 200 – 1500
P47-F4X-2D-002-330E P47-30-M18-NNO-m3CM12 M18/1 x NPN NO/Pigtail M12 60 – 300
P47-F4Y-2D-001-180E P47-150-M18-PNO-2m M18/1 x PNP NO/Cable 2 m 200 – 1500
P47-F4Y-2D-001-300E P47-60-M18-PNO-2m M18/1 x PNP NO/Cable 2 m 100 – 600
P47-F4Y-2D-001-330E P47-30-M18-PNO-2m M18/1 x PNP NO/Cable 2 m 60 – 300
P47-F4Y-2D-002-180E P47-150-M18-NNO-2m M18/1 x NPN NO/Cable 2 m 200 – 1500
P47-F4Y-2D-002-300E P47-60-M18-NNO-2m M18/1 x NPN NO/Cable 2 m 100 – 600
P47-F4Y-2D-002-330E P47-30-M18-NNO-2m M18/1 x NPN NO/Cable 2 m 60 – 300
P47-F4Y-2D-1C0-180E P47-150-M18-U-2m M18/0 – 10 V/Cable 2 m 200 – 1500
P47-F4Y-2D-1C0-300E P47-60-M18-U-2m M18/0 – 10 V/Cable 2 m 100 – 600
P47-F4Y-2D-1C0-330E P47-30-M18-U-2m M18/0 – 10 V/Cable 2 m 60 – 300
P47-O4V-2D-1C0-80E P47-500-Q50-U-CM12 (80 x 80 x 50)/0 – 10 V/Connector M12 500 – 5000
P47-O4V-2D-1D0-80E P47-500-Q50-I-CM12 (80 x 80 x 50)/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12 500 – 5000
P47-T4V-2D-001-130E P47-250-M30-PNO-CM12 M30/1 x PNP NO/Connector M12 300 – 2500
P47-T4V-2D-1C0-130E P47-250-M30-U-CM12 M30/0 – 10 V/Connector M12 300 – 2500
P47-T4V-2D-1D0-130E P47-250-M30-I-CM12 M30/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12 300 – 2500

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 65


Sensors

Ultrasonic sensors
P48 series

• Distances up to 1100 mm

• Small square housing

• PNP or NPN output

• NO/NC models

Order number New order number Housing/output/connection Sensing range in mm


P48-HSY-2D-001-300E P48-30-R30-PNO-2m-B (30 x 20 x 10)/PNP NO/cable 2 m 0 – 300
P48-HSY-2D-002-300E P48-30-R30-NNO-2m-B (30 x 20 x 10)/NPN NO/cable 2 m 0 – 300
P48-HSY-2D-003-300E P48-30-R30-PNC-2m-B (30 x 20 x 10)/PNP NC/cable 2 m 0 – 300
P48-HSY-2D-004-300E P48-30-R30-NNC-2m-B (30 x 20 x 10)/NPN NC/cable 2 m 0 – 300
P48-ISY-2D-001-180E P48-110-R50-PNO-2m-B (50 x 20 x 10)/PNP NO/cable 2 m 0 – 1100
P48-ISY-2D-002-180E P48-110-R50-NNO-2m-B (50 x 20 x 10)/NPN NO/cable 2 m 0 – 1100
P48-ISY-2D-003-180E P48-110-R50-PNC-2m-B (50 x 20 x 10)/PNP NC/cable 2 m 0 – 1100
P48-ISY-2D-004-180E P48-110-R50-NNC-2m-B (50 x 20 x 10)/NPN NC/cable 2 m 0 – 1100

Ultrasonic sensors
P49 series

• Distances up to 6000 mm

• M18 or M30 sizes

• Square housing available

Order number New order number Housing/output/connection Sensing range in mm


P49-F4V-2D-001-180E P49-200-M18-PNO-CM12 M18/1 x PNP NO/Connector M12 200 – 2000
P49-F4V-2D-001-220E P49-160-M18-PNO-CM12 M18/1 x PNP NO/Connector M12 80 – 1600
P49-F4V-2D-001-300E P49-80-M18-PNO-CM12 M18/1 x PNP NO/Connector M12 100 – 800
P49-F4V-2D-001-330E P49-50-M18-PNO-CM12 M18/1 x PNP NO/Connector M12 60 – 500
P49-F4V-2D-001-360E P49-40-M18-PNO-CM12 M18/1 x PNP NO/Connector M12 30 – 400
P49-F4V-2D-1C0-180E P49-200-M18-U-CM12 M18/0-10 V/Connector M12 200 – 2000
P49-F4V-2D-1C0-220E P49-160-M18-U-CM12 M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12 80 – 1600
P49-F4V-2D-1C0-300E P49-80-M18-U-CM12 M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12 100 – 800
P49-F4V-2D-1C0-330E P49-50-M18-U-CM12 M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12 60 – 500
P49-F4V-2D-1C0-360E P49-40-M18-U-CM12 M18/0 – 10 V/Connector M12 30 – 400
P49-O4V-2D-001-80E P49-600-Q50-PNO-CM12 (80 x 80 x 50)/PNP NO/Connector M12 600 – 6000
P49-O4V-2D-1C0-80E P49-600-Q50-U-CM12 (80 x 80 x 50)/0 – 10V/Connector M12 600 – 6000
P49-T4V-2D-001-130E P49-350-M30-PNO-CM12 M30/1 x PNP NO/Connector M12 300 – 3500
P49-T4V-2D-1C0-130E P49-350-M30-U-CM12 M30/0 – 10 V/Connector M12 300 – 3500

66 SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Sensors

Ultrasonic sensors
P53 series

• Steel head sensor

• All output types

• Robust metal housing for harsh environments

• IP68/IP69K protection

Order number Housing/output/connection Sensing range in mm


P53-150-D30-PNO-CM12 M30/1 x PNP NO/Connector M12 150 – 1500
P53-150-D30-PNC-CM12 M30/1 x PNP NC/Connector M12 150 – 1500
P53-150-D30-U-CM12 M30/0 – 10 V/Connector M12 150 – 1500
P53-150-D30-I-CM12 M30/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12 150 – 1500
P53-150-M30-PNO-CM12 M30/1 x PNP NO/Connector M12 150 – 1500
P53-150-M30-PNC-CM12 M30/1 x PNP NC/Connector M12 150 – 1500
P53-150-M30-U-CM12 M30/0 – 10 V/Connector M12 150 – 1500
P53-150-M30-I-CM12 M30/4 – 20 mA/Connector M12 150 – 1500

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk SENSORS 67


High power sensors

High power sensors


Reflex OEM series

• Long range (20 m using IED12, SPT3A, OEM201N)

• Transmitters and Receivers sealed to IP67

• Small Photoelectrics (Ø10 x 30 mm long)

• For doors, elevators and many other applications

• Cylindrical, threaded or rectangular style sensors

Technical data – amplifiers OEM201N/OEM201NA* OEM202N/OEM202NA* OEM203N/OEM203NA* OEM207N


Power supply 240 V ac, 24 V ac, 24 V dc ± 10% (other voltages on request)
Power consumption 2.8 VA 2.8 VA 2.8 VA 2.8 VA

Relay Relay
Relay 2 Relays
SPDT SPDT
SPDT SPDT
Output 250 V ac 8 A 250 V ac 8 A
250 V ac 8 A 250 V ac 8A
Resistive Resistive
Resistive Resistive
NPN 50 mA 30 V dc NPN 50 mA 30 V dc

Time function Delay on make, 0…10 S


- - -
Delay on break, 0…10 S

Response time <65 ms <65 ms <65 ms <33 ms


Indication LED LED LED 2 LED
Sensitivity Potentiometer Potentiometer Potentiometer Potentiometer x 2
Operating temp -20 °C…+60 °C
Housing ABS
Light source Infrared modulated LED Multiplexed OEM 201N
Connection 11-Pin socket (S3B see accessories)
*OEM201NA, OEM202NA, OEM203NA are automatic sensitivity setting

Dimensions and front panel description (amplifiers)


OEM 201N/OEM201NA
OEM 203N/0EM203NA OEM 207N
OEM 202N/OEM202NA

Receiver activated indication Receiver activated indication Channel 1 activated indication

Sensitivity Sensitivity setting Sensitivity setting


setting Channel 1
Light On/Dark On C1
Delay on make 0.10S
Light On/Dark On C2
Delay on break 0.10S

Sensitivity setting
Channel 2

38 38 38
Output indication Channel 2 activated indication

Wiring diagrams OEM 201N/0EM201NA


OEM 202N/0EM202NA
OEM 203N/0EM203NA
OEM 207N

68 HIGH POWER SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


High power sensors

Sensor heads

IED12/SPT# IED12G/SPT#G IED12GC/SPT#GC IRS8/IRS9 IED10/SPT10# IED15/SPT15# IED20/SPT20#

Technical data Transmitters Receivers Transmitter/Receivers

IED12/IED12G SPTI/SPTIG SPT3/SPT3G SPT3A/SPT3AG IRS 9


Part number IRS 8
IED12GC SPTIGC SPT3GC SPT3AGC

Range:
Throughbeam
7m 20 m 2m
Diffuse white A4 paper 0.85 m
- 2.5 m 0.85 m 2m 0.65 m
Diffuse black A4 paper 0.25 m
0.25 m 0.65 m
Retro-Reflective using K2 reflector

Light source Infrared LED modulated


Operating temp -20 °C…+60 °C
Housing Noryl
Protection IP67

Black PVC cable 5 m long Black PVC cable 5 m long Black PVC cable 5 m long
Connection
2 x 0.22 mm2 1 x 0.22 mm2 + shield 2 x 0.22 mm2 + shield
*IED Transmitters are used for all SPT Receivers

Technical data Transmitters Receivers

IED10*/IED15* SPTI0A/SPT15A SPT10B/SPT15B SPT10C/SPT15C


Part number
IED20* SPT20A SPT20B SPT20C

Range:
Throughbeam
20 m 10 m 5m
Retro-Reflective
- - -
(using K2 reflector)

Light source Modulated Infra-red LED


Operating temp -20 °C…+60 °C
Housing Case: Noryl Lens: Lexan
Protection IP67

Black PVC cable 5 m long Black PVC cable 5 m long


Connection
2 x 0.25 mm2 1 x 0.25 mm2 + Shield
*IED Transmitters are used for all SPT Receivers

Dimensions (sensors)
IED12 IRS8/IRS9 IED10/SPT10 IED15/SPT15
SPT1 TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER 15 2 15
2xØ3.5 9.5 14
SPT3 CONNECTOR TYPE Ø40 10.5
6
SPT3A VIEWED FROM REAR 4
12
10 32 OF SENSOR

65
62.5
82

IED12
SPT1G 2 1
SPT3G CSK Ø6
SPT3AG 32 3 4 22
M12 x 1
IED20/SPT20 BRACKET FOR
PIN 1 SIG 12 1 20 CSKØ6
TM/RC15 & IED/SPT15
BOTH 18
PIN 2 N/C 4 14.5 14.5
SIDES 2 x Ø8
IED12GC PIN 3 OV 6 8
CSK
SPT1GC PIN 4 N/C TO 4.5
35 13.5
SPT3GC 42.5 15
SPT3AGC
2xØ3
M12 x 1
33
Pin configuration for connector versions
2 x Ø4.5

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk HIGH POWER SENSORS 69


High power sensors

High power sensors


RC/TM series

• Stand alone sensors with integrated amplifiers

• 6 m or 2 m range selectable

• Light on/dark on selectable

• Transmitter and receivers sealed to IP67

• M12 threaded or rectangular housings

Housing M12 Threaded x 67 long Rectangular 82 x 10.5 x 9.5 mm Rectangular 65 x 15 x 15 mm


Part number TM12 RC12 TM10 RC10 TM15 RC15
(Transmitter) (Receiver)*** (Transmitter) (Receiver)*** (Transmitter) (Receiver)***

Range 6 m or 2 m selectable *
Light source Infra-red LED modulated
Operating temp -20 ºC…+55 ºC
Response time 5 mS max
Indication - Red LED - Red LED - Red LED
Housing Stainless steel Noryl
Protection IP67
Output (Open collector ***) -- 250 mA - 250 mA - 250 mA
10 to 40 V dc or
Supply voltage 0.8 - 28 V (rectified ac)
Current consumption (max) 33 mA 30 mA 33 mA 30 mA 33 mA 30 mA
Short circuit protection 1 sec (max)
Connection 5 m PVC cable
Function Light on/dark on selectable**
* Range can be reduced to 2m by reversing the polarity of the transmitter ** Function is changed by reversing polarity of receiver *** Specify PNP or NPN output.

TM12/RC12 TM10/RC10 TM15/RC15

Wiring diagrams

TM10/TM12/TM15 Range RC10/RC12/RC15 Function


6m 2m Light on Dark on
Brown + – Brown + –
Blue – +
Blue – + Black Output

Dimensions TM12/RC12 TM10/RC10 TM15/RC15


2xØ3.5 9.5 14
10.5 15 2 15

M12 4 6
12

3
50 62.5
82 65
67

CSK Ø6

70 HIGH POWER SENSORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


High power sensors

Accessories
TA1 MP 5006

TA2 TP30 Ø5 Ø8 Ø10 Ø12 Ø14

Ø18 Ø30

TA10 S3B

Type no. Description Output Type no. Description Output

OEM201N Amplifier one channel SPDT relay SPT10 Receiver 5 m cable, 82 x 10.5 x 9.5 mm body
Amplifier one channel, IED15 Transmitter 5 m cable, 65 x 15 x 15 mm body
OEM201NA SPDT relay
automatic sensitivity setting SPT15 Receiver 5 m cable, 65 x 15 x 15 mm body
OEM202N Amplifier one channel SPDT relay & NPN IED20 Transmitter 5 m cable, 35 x 20 x 12mm body
Amplifier one channel, SPT20 Receiver 5 m cable, 35 x 20 x 12mm body
OEM202NA SPDT relay & NPN
automatic sensitivity setting
TM12 Transmitter M12 -
OEM203N Amplifier one channel with timer SPDT relay & NPN
RC12-PNP Receiver M12 PNP
Amplifier one channel with timer, RC12-NPN Receiver M12 NPN
OEM203NA SPDT relay & NPN
automatic sensitivity setting
TM10 Transmitter 82 x 10.5 x 9.5 mm -
OEM207N Amplifier two channels multiplexed 2 x SPST relays
RC10-PNP Receiver 82 x 10.5 x 9.5 mm PNP
IED12 Transmitter 5 m cable, Ø10 mm body
RC10-NPN Receiver 82 x 10.5 x 9.5 mm NPN
SPT1 Receiver 5 m cable, Ø10 mm body
TM15 Transmitter 65 x 15 x 15 mm -
SPT3 Receiver 5 m cable, Ø10 mm body
RC15-PNP Receiver 65 x 15 x 15 mm PNP
SPT3A Receiver 5 m cable, Ø10 mm body
RC15-NPN Receiver 65 x 15 x 15 mm NPN
IED12G Transmitter 5 m cable, M12 threaded body
SPT1G Receiver 5 m cable, M12 threaded body
SPT3G Receiver 5 m cable, M12 threaded body
SPT3AG Receiver 5 m cable, M12 threaded body Accessories

IED12GC M12 threaded body, connector type TA1 PG11 fixing chromated brass
SPT1GC M12 threaded body, connector type TA2 Screw mounting bezel ABS
SPT3GC M12 threaded body, connector type TA10 Mounting block 25 mm x 25 mm x 25 mm ABS
SPT3AGC M12 threaded body, connector type TP30 Flexible mounting bracket
IRS8 Receiver/Transmitter 5 m cable MP5006 Snap-in mounting bezel ABS
IRS9 Receiver/Transmitter 5 m cable S3B 11-pin screw terminal socket
IED10 Transmitter 5 m cable, 82 x 10.5 x 9.5 mm body K2 Reflector

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk HIGH POWER SENSORS 71


Encoders

72 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


General information 74

Incremental encoders 75

Absolute encoders – single turn 85

Absolute encoders – multi-turn 97

Draw wire encoders 115

Mini measuring system 116

Magnetic measuring system 117

Absolute magnetic measuring system 119

Inclinometer 121

Accessories 123

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 73


Encoders

General information
Encoders can be used in applications where length, In absolute encoders every position corresponds to a
positions, speed or an angular position are measured. unique code pattern. The system does not need to be
Encoders transform mechanical movements into electrical returned to a home position after starting-up the machinery
signals and can be divided into incremental and absolute as with incremental systems. Safety is increased and the
measuring systems. time taken for resetting the machinery is saved.
Incremental encoders generate pulses where the number of Kuebler offer a wide range of various techniques for
pulses can be a measure of speed, length or position. If the measuring linear movement. Draw wire encoders are
power is lost in an incremental encoder system the machine available with incremental, absolute and analogue output
will need to be reset to a home position before restarting and with a measuring range up to 40m.
the count of the pulses.

74 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Incremental encoders Technical data


Push-pull
(7272 compatible)
Push-pull
(7272 compatible)
Miniature series 2400/2420 Power supply 5…24 V dc 8…30 V dc

Pulse frequency Max. 160 kHz


• Housing diameter Ø24 mm Load capacity of shaft Radial: 100 N; axial: 50 N

• Cable connection 2 m Protection Housing side IP65; flange side IP50 (IP64 on request)

• Miniature version Working temp range -20°C…+85 °C

• Temperature compensation

Part number 2 4 0 0 . X X X X . X X X X
A B C D E

A Flange C Output circuit/power supply E Pulse rate

1 = Ø 24 mm 1 = Push-Pull (without inverted signal)/5…24 V dc 4, 6, 8, 10, 16, 20, 25, 36, 40, 50, 60,

3 = Ø 28 mm 2 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/5…24 V dc 80, 100, 120, 125, 180, 200, 250, 300,

2 = Ø 30 mm 3 = Push-Pull (without inverted signal)/8…30 V dc 360, 400, 500, 512, 1000, 1024

B Shaft (Ø x L) 4 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/8…30 V dc (e.g. 360 pulses => 0360)

1 = Ø 4 x 10 mm D Type of connection

3 = Ø 5 x 10 mm, with flat 1 = axial cable, 2 m PVC

2 = Ø 6 x 10 mm A = axial cable, special length PVC

4 = Ø 1/4“ x 10 mm, with flat 2 = radial cable, 2 m PVC

6 = Ø 6 x 10 mm, with flat B = radial cable, special length PVC

*) Available special lengths (connection types A, B):

3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m

order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm

ex.: 05.2400.122A.1024.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

Part number 2 4 2 0 . 1 X X X . X X X X
A B C D E

A Flange C Output circuit/power supply E Pulse rate

1 = Ø 24 mm 1 = Push-Pull (without inverted signal)/5…24 V dc 4, 6, 8, 10, 16, 20, 25, 36, 40, 50, 60,

B Blind hollow shaft 2 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/5…24 V dc 80, 100, 120, 125, 180, 200, 250, 300,

insertion depth max. 14 mm 3 = Push-Pull (without inverted signal)/8…30 V dc 360, 400, 500, 512, 1000, 1024

1 = Ø 4 mm 4 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/8…30 V dc (e.g. 360 pulses => 0360)

2 = Ø 6 mm D Type of connection

4 = Ø 1/4“ 1 = axial cable, 2 m PVC

A = axial cable, special length PVC

2 = radial cable, 2 m PVC

B = radial cable, special length PVC

*) Available special lengths (connection types A, B):

3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m

order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm

ex.: 05.2420.122A.1024.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 75


Encoders

Incremental encoders Technical data RS422 Push-Pull Push-Pull

3610/3620 Output circuit


5 V dc (±5 %) or
5-18 V dc 8-30 V dc
8-30 V dc
Power supply Max. 300 kHz Max. 200 kHz Max. 200 kHz

Pulse frequency Radial 40 N; axial: 20 N


• House diameter Ø36 mm
Protection Housing: IP65 flange side: IP50 (IP64 on request)
• M12 connector Working temp range -20…+85 °C

• 25 – 2500 pulses per revolution

Part number – Shaft version 3 6 1 0 . X X X X . X X X X


A B C D E

A Flange D Type of connection E Pulse rate

2 = synchro flange, Ø 36.5 mm 1 = axial cable, 2 m PVC 25, 100, 200, 360, 500, 512, 600, 1000, 1024, 1500,
2000, 2048, 2500
3 = clamping flange, Ø 36.5 mm A = axial cable, special length PVC

B Shaft (Ø x L) 2 = radial cable, 2 m PVC

1 = Ø 4 x 10 mm B = radial cable, special length PVC

2 = Ø 5 x 10 mm 3 = axial M12 connector, 8-pin

3 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm with flat 4 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin

5 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm with flat Available special lengths (connection types A, B):
3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m
C Output circuit/power supply order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm
ex.: 3610.334A.1024.0030 (for cable length 3 m)
2 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/5...18 V dc

4 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/..30 V dc

3 = Push-Pull (without inverted signal)/..30 V dc

6 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 V dc

5 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/8..30 V dc

Part number – Hollow shaft 3 6 2 0 . X X X X . X X X X


A B C D E

A Flange D Type of connection E Pulse rate

1 = with spring element, short E = radial cable, 2 m PVC 25, 100, 200, 360, 500, 512, 600, 1000, 1024, 1500,
2000, 2048, 2500
2 = with spring element, long B = radial cable, special length PVC (eg. 500 pulses => 0500)

2 = Ø 6 mm 4 = radial M12 connector, 8 pin

3 = Ø 1/4” Available special lengths (connection type B):


3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m
C Output circuit/power supply order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm
2 = Push-pull (with inverted signal) 5…18 V dc

4 = Push-pull (with inverted signal) 8…30 V dc

3 = Push-pull (without inverted signal) 8…30 V dc

6 = RS422 (with inverted signal) 5 V dc

5 = RS422 (with inverted signal) 8…30 V dc

76 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Incremental encoders Technical data Push-Pull RS422 Open collector

Sendix base KIS/KIH series Power supply 5 V dc (±5 %) 10 – 30 V dc 10 – 30 V dc

Pulse frequency Max 250 kHz Max 250 kHz Max 250 kHz

Working temp range -20…+70 °C


• House diameter Ø40 mm

• Enhanced Safety-Lock™ design

• Max 2500 pulses per revolution

• Temperature range -20…+70 °C

Part number – Shaft version K I S 4 0 . 1 X X X . X X X X


A B C D E

A Flange C Output circuit/power supply Pulse rate

1 = clamping-synchro flange, Ø 40 mm 4 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/10...30V dc 25, 100, 200, 360, 500, 512, 600, 1000, 1024, 2000,
2048, 2500
B Shaft (Ø x L) 3 = open collector (with inverted signal)/10...30V dc

3 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm, with flat 6 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5V dc

5 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm, with flat D Type of connection

1 = axial cable, 2 m PVC

2 = radial cable, 2 m PVC

Part number – Shaft version K I H 4 0 . X X X X . X X X X


A B C D E

A Flange C Output circuit/power supply Pulse rate

2 = with spring element, long 4 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/10...30 V dc 25, 100, 200, 360, 500, 512, 600, 1000, 1024, 2000,
2048, 2500
5 = with stator coupling, Ø 46 mm 3 = open collector (with inverted signal)/10...30 V dc

B Blind hollow shaft 6 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 V dc

4 = Ø 8 mm D Type of connection

3 = Ø 1/4“ 1 = axial cable, 2 m PVC

2 = radial cable, 2 m PVC

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 77


Encoders

Incremental encoders Technical data

Sendix 5814FS3/5834FS3 Interface Sin/cos

Power supply 5 V dc (±5 %) or 10…30 V dc


Shaft version 4.0 x 10-6 kgm2
Mass moment of inertia
Hollow shaft version 7.0 x 10-6 kgm2
• House diameter Ø58 mm
Load capacity of shaft Radial 80 N; Axial 40 N
• SIL 3 Protection IP65

• Enhanced Safety-Lock™ design -40...+90 °C


Working temp range
Cable version: -30...+90 °C fixed installation.
• Incremental sin/cos output

Part number – Shaft version 5 8 1 4 F S 3 . X X X X . X X X X


A B C D E

A Flange D Type of connection E Pulse rate

1 = clamping flange, IP65, Ø 58 mm 1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC 1024, 2048

B Shaft (Ø x L) A = axial cable, special length PVC

2 = 10 x 20 mm, with flat 2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

A = 10 x 20 mm, with feather key B = radial cable, special length PVC

C Output circuit/power supply 3 = axial M23 connector, 12 pin

1 = SinCos/5 V dc 4 = radial M23 connector, 12 pin

2 = SinCos/10...30 V dc 5 = axial M12 connector, 8 pin

6 = radial M12 connector, 8 pin

Available special lengths (connection types A, B):


2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m
order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm
ex.: 5814FS3.122A.2040030 (for cable length 3 m)

Part number – Hollow shaft 5 8 3 4 F S 3 . X X X X . X X X X


A B C D E

A Flange D Type of connection E Pulse rate

9 = with torque stop, flexible, IP65 2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC 1024, 2048

A = with torque stop set, rigid, IP65 B = radial cable, special length PVC

B = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 63 mm E = tangential cable, 1 m PVC

B Hollow shaft F = tangential cable, special length PVC

3 = Ø 10 mm 4 = radial M23 connector, 12 pin

4 = Ø 12 mm 6 = radial M12 connector, 8 pin

5 = Ø 14 mm Available special lengths (connection types B, F):


2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m
K = Ø 10 mm , tapered shaft order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm
ex.: 5834FS3.B42B.2040030 (for cable length 3 m)
C Output circuit/power supply

1 = SinCos/5 V dc

2 = SinCos/10...30 V dc

78 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Incremental encoders Technical data

A02H: Ø 100 mm hollow shaft RS422 Push-Pull


Output circuit Push-Pull
(TTL compatible) (7272 compatible)

5 V dc (±5 %)
Power supply 5-30 V dc, 10-30 V dc 5-30 V dc
• Extra strong 10-30 V dc

Pulse frequency Max 300 kHz


• Balanced shaft/clamp ring
Protection IP65
• From 50…5000 pulses/revolution
Working temp range -40…+80 °C
• Adds only 49 mm axial

Part number A 0 2 H . X X X X . X X X X
A B C D E

A Flange C Output circuit/power supply E Pulse rate

1 = without mounting aid 1 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 V dc 50, 360, 512, 600, 1000, 1024, 1500,
2000, 2048, 2500, 4096, 5000
2 = with spring element, short 4 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/10…30 V dc (e.g. 360 pulses => 036
SinCos version only available with pulses ≧1024
3 = with spring element, long 2 = Push-pull (without inverted signal)/10…30 V dc

5 = with fastening arm, long 5 = Push-pull (with inverted signal)/5…30 V dc

6 = with fastening arm, short, 4.5“ 3 = Push-pull (with inverted signal)/10…30 V dc

B Hollow shaft 8 = SinCos, 1 Vpp (with inverted signal)/5 V dc

C = Ø 20 mm 9 = SinCos, 1 Vpp (with inverted signal)/10…30 V dc

5 = Ø 25 mm A = Push-pull (7272 compatible)/5…30 V dc

3 = Ø 28 mm D = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5…30 V dc

A = Ø 30 mm D Type of connection

2 = Ø 38 mm 1 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

B = Ø 40 mm A = radial cable, special length PVC

1 = Ø 42 mm 2 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin, without mating connector

4 = Ø 1’’ E = radial M12 connector, 8-pin

E = Ø 5/8“ D = MIL connector, 10-pin

N = Ø 1 1/4“ Available special lengths (connection type A):


2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m. Order code expansion .XXXX = length
in dm ex.: A02H.111A.2040030 (for cable length 3 m)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 79


Encoders

Incremental encoders Technical data


RS422 RS422TTL- Push-Pull Push-Pull 7272 Push-Pull 7272.
Open Collector
TTL-compatible compatible NPN/PNP compatible without capcitor
Sendix 5000/5020
Power supply 5-30 V dc 5 V dc (±5 %) 10-30 V dc 5-30 V dc 5-30 V dc 5-30 V dc

Typ. 40 mA Typ. 40 mA Typ. 50 mA Typ. 50 mA Typ. 50 mA


Power consumption 100 mA
Max 90 mA Max 90 mA Max 100 mA Max 100 mA Max 100 mA

Pulse frequency Max 300 kHz Max 300 kHz Max 300 kHz Max 300 kHz Max 300 kHz Max 300 kHz

Signal level high Min. 2.5 V Min. 2.5 V Min. +V -1.0 V Min. +V -2.0 V Min. +V -2.0 V  

Signal level low Max 0.5 V Max 0.5 V Max 0.5 V Max 0.5 V Max 0.5 V  

Pulse rise/fall Time Max 200 ns Max 200 ns Max 1 µs Max 1 µs Max 1 µs  

Max speed IP65 version: 12000 v/min (6000 v/min cont); IP67 version: 6000 v/min (3000 v/min cont)

Mass moment of inertia Shaft version: Ca. 1.8x10 -6 kgm2; Hollow shaft: Ca. 6x10 -6 kgm2

Shaft load capacity Radial: 100 N; Axial: 50 N

• House diameter Ø 50.8 mm Starting torque IP65: <0.01 Nm ; IP67: <0.05 Nm

• Cast housing Protection Without shaft seal IP65 with shaft seal IP66 IP67

• Max axle load 100 N Working temp range -40…+85 °C

Material Shaft stainless steel


• M12/M23, cable connection
Vibration 100 m/s2. 10-2 000 Hz (enl. EN 60068-2)-

Part number – Shaft version 5 0 0 0 . X X X X . X X X X


A B C D E

A Flange D Type of connection – cable E Pulse rate

5 = synchro flange, IP66/IP67 Ø 50.8 mm 1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC 1, 2, 4, 5, 10, 12, 14, 20, 25, 28, 30, 32, 36, 50, 60,
64, 80, 100, 120, 125, 150, 180, 200, 240, 250,
6 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 50.8 mm A = axial cable, special length PVC 256, 300, 342, 360, 375, 400, 500, 512, 600, 625,
720, 800, 900, 1000, 1024, 1200, 1250, 1500,
7 = clamping flange, IP66/IP67 Ø 58 mm 2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC 1800, 2000, 2048, 2500, 3000, 3600, 4000, 4096,
5000
8 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm B = radial cable, special length PVC

A = synchro flange, IP66/IP67 Ø 58 mm Type of connection – connector

B = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm P = axial M12 connector, 5-pin

C = square flange, IP66/IP67 63.5 mm R = radial M12 connector, 5-pin

D = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm 3 = axial M12 connector, 8-pin

G = Euroflansch, IP66/IP67 Ø 115 mm 4 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin

1 = servo flange, IP66/IP67 Ø 50.8 mm 7 = axial M23 connector, 12-pin

2 = servo flange, IP65 Ø 50.8 mm 8 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin

3 = square flange, IP66/IP67 50.8 mm Y = radial MIL connector, 10-pin

4 = square flange, IP65 50.8 mm W = radial MIL connector, 7-pin

E = servo flange, IP66/IP67 Ø 63.5 mm 9 = radial MIL connector, 6-pin

F = servo flange, IP65 Ø 63.5 mm Type of connection – connector with cable

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat L = radial cable with M12 connector, 8-pin, special length PVC

1 = Ø 6 x 10 mm M = radial cable with M23 connector, 12-pin, special length PVC

2 = Ø 1/4 x 5/8“ N = radial cable with Sub-D connector, 9-pin, special length PVC

6 = Ø 8 x 15 mm Available special lengths (connection types A, B, L, M, N:


0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20 m
3 = Ø 10 x 20 mm order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm
ex.: 5000.814A.1024.0030 (for cable length 3 m)
4 = Ø 3/8 x 5/8“

B = Ø 11 x 33 mm, with feather key shaft slot

5 = Ø 12 x 20 mm

7 = Ø 1/4 x 7/8“

8 = Ø 3/8 x 7/8“

C Output circuit/power supply

4 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 V dc

1 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5...30 V dc

2 = Push-Pull (7272 compatible with inverted signal)/5...30 V dc

5 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/10...30 V dc

7 = Push-Pull (without inverted signal)/10...30 V dc

3 = Open collector (with inverted signal)/5...30 V dc

8 = Push-Pull (7272 with inverted signal) without capacitor/5...30 V dc

80 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Part number – Shaft version 5 0 2 0 . X X X X . X X X X


A B C D E

A Flange D Type of connection – cable E Pulse rate

1 = with spring element, long, IP66/IP67 1 = radial cable, 1 m PVC 1, 2, 4, 5, 10, 12, 14, 20, 25, 28, 30, 32, 36, 50, 60,
64, 80, 100, 120, 125, 150, 180, 200, 240, 250,
2 = with spring element, long, IP65 A = radial cable, special length PVC 256, 300, 342, 360, 375, 400, 500, 512, 600,625,
720, 800, 900, 1000, 1024, 1200, 1250, 1500,
3 = with fastening arm, long, IP66/IP67 E = tangential cable, 1 m PVC 1800, 2000, 2048,
2500, 3000, 3600, 4000, 4096, 5000
4 = with fastening arm, long, IP65 F = tangential cable, special length PVC
(e.g. 100 pulses => 0100)
8 = with stator coupling, IP65 Type of connection – connector Optional on request
other pulse rates
C = with stator coupling, IP66/IP67 ø 63 mm [2.48“] R = radial M12 connector, 5-pin 4) Ex 2/22 (not for type of connection E, F, H, L, M, N)
surface protection salt spray tested
D = with stator coupling, IP65 2 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin

5 = with stator coupling, IP66/IP67 ø 57.2 mm [2.25“] 1) 4 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin

6 = with stator coupling, IP65 6 = radial MIL connector, 7-pin

B Hollow shaft 7 = radial MIL connector, 10-pin

2 = Ø 1/4“ Type of connection – connector with cable

9 = Ø 8 mm H = tangential cable, 0.3 m PVC, incl. M12 connector, 8-pin for


central fastening
4 = Ø 3/8“3 = Ø 10 mm L = tangential cable with M12 connector, 8-pin, special length PVC
M = tangential cable with M23 connector, 12-pin, special length PVC
5 = Ø 12 mm [0.47“] N = tangential cable with Sub-D connector, 9-pin, special length PVC
Available special lengths (connection types A, F, L, M, N):
6 = Ø 1/2“
0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20 m]
A = Ø 14 mm [0.55“] order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm
ex.: 5020.234A.1024.0030 (for cable length 3 m)
8 = Ø 15 mm [0.59“]

7 = Ø 5/8“

C Output circuit/power supply

4 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 V DC

1 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5...30 V DC

2 = Push-Pull (7272 compatible with inverted signal)/5...30 V DC

5 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/10...30 V DC

7 = Push-Pull (without inverted signal)/10...30 V DC

3 = Open collector (with inverted signal)/5...30 V DC

8=P
 ush-Pull (7272 with inverted signal), without capacitor/
5...30 V DC

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 81


Encoders

Incremental encoders Technical data

Sendix 5006/5026 Output circuit RS422 Push-Pull Push-Pull

Power supply 5 V dc (±5 %) 10-30 V dc 5-30 V dc

Pulse frequency Max 300 kHz Max 300 kHz Max 300 kHz
• House diameter Ø58 mm
Load capacity of shaft Radial 80 N; axial: 40 N
• Stainless steel housing Protection IP66/IP67

• Shaft seal in FPM from DuPont© Working temp range -40…+85 °C

• Temperature range -40…+85°C

Part number – Shaft version 5 0 0 6 . X X X 4 . X X X X


A B C D E

A Flange D Type of connection E Pulse rate


7 = clamping flange Ø 58 mm 4 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin 1, 5, 10, 12, 36, 100, 200, 250, 256, 360, 400,
A = synchro flange Ø 58 mm
500, 512, 600, 800, 1000, 1024, 1200, 2000,
C = square flange 63.5 mm 2048, 2500, 3600, 4096, 5000
(e.g. 100 pulses => 010
B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

1 = Ø 6 x 10 mm

3 = Ø 10 x 20 mm

8 = Ø 3/8“ x 7/8“

C Output circuit/power supply

2 = Push-Pull (7272 compatible with inverted signal)/5...30 V dc

5 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/10...30 V dc

4 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 V dc

Part number – Hollow shaft 5 0 2 6 . X X X 4 . X X X X


A B C D E

A Flange D Type of connection E Pulse rate


1 = with spring element, long 2 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin 1, 5, 10, 12, 36, 100, 200, 250, 256, 360, 400,
C = with stator coupling, Ø 63 mm
500, 512, 600, 800, 1000, 1024, 1200, 2000,
B Hollow shaft 2048, 2500, 3600, 4096, 5000

3 = Ø 10 mm

5 = Ø 12 mm

8 = Ø 15 mm

C Output circuit/power supply

2=P
 ush-Pull (7272 compatible, with inverted signal
5…30 V dc

5 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/10…30 V dc

4 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 V dc

82 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Incremental encoders Technical data

Sendix H120 RS422 Push-Pull


Output circuit Push-Pull
(TTL compatible) (power version)

5 V dc (±5 %)
Power supply 10-30 V dc 10-30 V dc
10-30 V dc
• High durability
Pulse frequency Max 300 kHz
• Many mounting options
Load capacity of shaft Radial 475 N; axial: 375 N
• High protection class
Protection IP66/IP67
• Wide temperature range
Working temp range -40…+100 °C

Part number H 1 2 0 . X X X X . X X X X
A B C D E

A Flange C Output circuit/power supply E Pulse rate

1 = without mounting aid 4 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 V dc 50, 360, 512, 600, 1000, 1024, 1500, 2000, 2048,
2500, 4096, 5000
2 = with fastening arm 70 mm 1 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/10…30 V dc (e.g. 360 pulses => 036

3 = with fastening arm 100 mm 5 = Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/10…30 V dc

4 = with fastening arm 150 mm


6=P
 ush-Pull (with inverted signal)/10…30 V dc,
5 = with stator coupling, Ø 119 mm power version up to 350 m

B Through hollow shaft B = LWL + RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 V dc

2 = Ø 16 mm A = LWL + RS422 (with inverted signal)/10…30 V dc

3 = Ø 20 mm C = LWL + Push-Pull (with inverted signal)/10…30 V dc

5 = Ø 25 mm D Type of connection

7 = Ø 28 mm 1 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

6 = Ø 1“ A = radial cable, special length PVC

Blind hollow shaft, with central fastening 2 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin, ccw

A = Ø 12 mm 4 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin, ccw

B = Ø 16 mm D = radial M23 connector, 12-pin, cw

K = cone, Ø 17 mm, 1 : 10 K = terminal box with plug-in spring terminal connectors,


rotatable through 180°

L = optical fibre connector + radial M23 connector,12-pin, cw

Available special lengths (connection type A):


order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm 2, 3, 5, 8, 10,
15 m ex.: H120.121A.2040030 (for cable length 3 m)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 83


Encoders

Incremental encoders Technical data

Sendix H100 Output circuit RS422 Push-Pull

Power suppply 5 V dc (±5 %) 10-30 V dc

Pulse frequency Max 300 kHz Max 80 kHz


• Housing for harsh environments
Load capacity of shaft Radial 400 N; axial: 300 N
• Wide temperature range Protection IP66

• HD - Safety lock Working temp range -40…+100 °C

• High IP class

• Cover with speed monitor

Part number H 1 0 0 . 1 1 1 X . X X X X
A B C D E

A Flange D Output circuit/power supply E Pulse rate

1 = Euro RE0444 1 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 ... 30 V dc 1, 5, 10, 12, 36, 100, 200, 250, 256, 360, 400,
500, 512, 600, 800, 1000, 1024, 1200, 2000,
B Shaft (Ø x L), with feather key shaft slot 2 = Push-pull (with inverted signal)/10 ... 30 V dc 2048, 2500, 3600, 4096, 5000
(e.g. 100 pulse => 010
1 = Ø 11 x 30 mm

C Version

1 = incremental encoder

Part number
H 1 0 0 . 1 1 2 X . X X X X . X X X X . 1
A B C D E F G

A Flange D Output circuit/power supply F Switching speed

1 = Euro RE0444 1 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 ... 30 V dc 750, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000

B Shaft (Ø x L), with feather key shaft slot 2 = Push-pull (with inverted signal)/10 ... 30 V dc G Switching accuracy

1 = Ø 11 x 30 mm E Pulse rate 1 = standard (±4 % at 100 rad/s

C Version 1, 5, 10, 12, 36, 100, 200, 250, 256, 360, 400,

2 = Incremental encoder with mech speed switch 500, 512, 600, 800, 1000, 1024, 1200, 2000,

2048, 2500, 3600, 4096, 5000

(e.g. 100 pulse => 010

Part number
H 1 0 0 . 1 1 3 X . X X X X . X X X X
A B C D E F

A Flange D Output circuit/power supply F Pulse rate encoder 2

1 = Euro RE0444 1 = RS422 (with inverted signal)/5 ... 30 V dc 1, 5, 10, 12, 36, 100, 200, 250, 256, 360, 400,

B Shaft (Ø x L), with feather key shaft slot 2 = Push-pull (with inverted signal)/10 ... 30 V dc 500, 512, 600, 800, 1000, 1024, 1200, 2000,

1 = Ø 11 x 30 mm E Pulse rate encoder 1 2048, 2500, 3600, 4096, 5000

C Version 1, 5, 10, 12, 36, 100, 200, 250, 256, 360, 400, (e.g. 100 pulse => 010

3 = 2 x incremental encoder 500, 512, 600, 800, 1000, 1024, 1200, 2000,

2048, 2500, 3600, 4096, 5000

(e.g. 100 pulse => 010

84 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Absolute encoders – single turn Technical data

Sendix 3651/3671 (shaft/hollow shaft) Interface 4-20 mA 0-10 V/0-5 V

Power supply 0…5 V 10…30 V dc 0…10 V 15…30 V dc

Resolution 12 bit
• House diameter Ø36 mm
Linearity 25°C ± 1°
• Analog output Repeat accuracy 25° C ± 0.2°

• High shock resistance Load capacity of shaft Radial 40 N; axial: 20 N

• IP67/IP69K protection Protection Protection acc. to EN 60529/DIN 40050-9 IP67/IP69k

Working temperature range -40°C…+85 °C

Part number
3 6 5 1 . 2 X X X . X X X X
A B C D E F G H

A Flange D Type of connection F Interface/Power supply

2 = synchro flange, Ø 36 mm 1 = axial cable, 1 m PUR 3 = 4…20 mA/10…30 V dc

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat A = axial cable, special length PUR *) 4 = 0…10 V/15…30 V dc

3 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm 2 = radial cable, 1 m PUR 5 = 0…5 V/10…30 V dc

6 = Ø 8 x 12.5 mm B = radial cable, special length PUR *) G Option 1

5 = Ø 1/4“ x 12.5 mm 3 = axial M12 connector, 5-pin 1 = count direction cw

C Output circuit 4 = radial M12 connector, 5-pin 2 = count direction ccw

3 = current output Available special lengths (connection types A, B): H Option 2


2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m
4 = voltage output order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm 1 = IP67
ex.: 8.3651.233A.1311.0030 (for cable length 3 m)
2 = IP69k

E Measuring range

1 = 1 x 360°

2 = 1 x 180°

3 = 1 x 90°

4 = 1 x 45°

Part number
3 6 7 1 . 2 X X X . X X X X
A B C D E F G H

A Flange D Type of connection F Interface/Power supply

2 = with spring element long 1 = axial cable, 1 m PUR 3 = 4…20 mA/10…30 V dc

5 = with stator coupling, Ø 46 mm A = axial cable, special length PUR *) 4 = 0…10 V/15…30 V dc

B Hollow shaft 2 = radial cable, 1 m PUR 5 = 0…5 V/10…30 V dc

2 = Ø 6 mm B = radial cable, special length PUR *) G Option 1

4 = Ø 8 mm 3 = axial M12 connector, 5-pin 1 = count direction cw

6 = Ø 10 mm 4 = radial M12 connector, 5-pin 2 = count direction ccw

3 = Ø 1/4“ Available special lengths (connection types A, B): H Option 2


2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m
C Output circuit order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm 1 = IP67
ex.: 8.3651.233A.1311.0030 (for cable length 3 m)
3 = current output 2 = IP69k

4 = voltage output E Measuring range

1 = 1 x 360°

2 = 1 x 180°

3 = 1 x 90°

4 = 1 x 45°

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 85


Encoders

Absolute encoders – single turn Technical data

Sendix M3658/3678 (shaft/hollow shaft) Power supply 8-30 V dc

Interface CANopen DS406 V3.2

Resolution 14 bit
• House diameter Ø36 mm
Absolute accurracy <1,0°
• CANopen Repeat accuracy <0,2°

• Safety-Lock Plus™ Shaft load capacity Radial: 40 N; Axiel: 20 N

• IP67/IP69K protection Protection IP67/IP69K

Working temp range -40…+85 °C

Part number
M 3 6 5 8 . 2 X C X . 2 1 1 X
A B C D E F

A Flange D Type of connection E Fieldbus profile

2 = synchro flange, Ø 36 mm 2 = radial cable, 1 m PUR 21 = CANopen encoder profil DS406 V3.2

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat B = radial cable, special length PUR ) F Protection

3 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm 4 = radial M12 connector, 5-pin 1 = IP67

6 = Ø 8 x 12.5 mm Available special lengths (connection types B): 2 = IP69k

5 = Ø 1/4“ x 12.5 mm 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m

C Interface/power supply order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm

C = CANopen DS301 V4.02/8…30 V dc ex.: M36523CB.2111.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

Part number
M 3 6 7 8 . X X C X . 2 1 1 X
A B C D E F

A Flange D Type of connection E Fieldbus profile

2 = with spring element, long 2 = radial cable, 1 m PUR 21 = CANopen encoder profil DS406 V3.2

5 = with stator coupling, Ø 46 mm B = radial cable, special length PUR ) F Protection

B Hollow shaft 4 = radial M12 connector, 5-pin 1 = IP67

2 = Ø 6 mm Available special lengths (connection type B): 2 = IP69k

4 = Ø 8 mm 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m

6 = Ø 10 mm order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm

3 = Ø 1/4“ ex.: M36752CB.2111.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

C Interface/power supply

C = CANopen DS301 V4.02/8…30 V dc

86 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Absolute encoders – single turn Technical data

Sendix F3653/3673 (shaft/hollow shaft) Power supply 5 V dc (±5 %) or 10 ... 30 V dc

Resolution 17 bit

Shaft load capacity Radial: 40 N; axial: 20 N


• House diameter Ø36 mm
Protection Housing IP67; shaft side IP65 (solid shaft version opt. IP67)
• SSI interface Working temp range -40…+90 °C

• 17 bit resolution

• Operating temperature
-40…+90 °C

Part number
F 3 6 5 3 . X X X X . X X 1 2
A B C D E F

A Flange C Interface/power supply E Code

1 = clamping flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm 1 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc B = SSI, binary

3 = clamping flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm 2 = SSI, BiSS/10…30 V dc C = BiSS, Wbinary

2 = synchro flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm 3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc G = SSI, gray

4 = synchro flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm 4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc F Resolution

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat 5 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc, with sensor output A = 10 bit

1 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm 6 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc, with sensor output 2 = 12 bit

3 = Ø 8 x 15 mm 7 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422/5 V dc 3 = 13 bit

5 = Ø 10 x 20 mm 8 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422/10…30 V dc 4 = 14 bit

2 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm D Type of connection 7 = 17 bit

4 = Ø 3/8” x 5/8“ 1 = tangential cable, 1 m PUR

3 = tangential cable, 5 m PUR

F = tangential cable, special length PUR

8 = axial M12 connector, 8-pin

Available special lengths (connection type F):


2, 3, 8, 10, 15 m
order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm
ex.: F3653.432F.G312.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

Part number
F 3 6 7 3 . X X X X . X X 1 2
A B C D E F

A Flange C Interface/power supply E Code

1 = with spring element, short, IP65 1 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc B = SSI, binary

3 = with spring element, long, IP65 2 = SSI, BiSS/10…30 V dc C = BiSS, binary

2 = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 46 mm 3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc G = SSI, gray

B Hollow shaft 4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc F Resolution

1 = Ø 6 mm 5 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc, with sensor output A = 10 bit

3 = Ø 8 mm 6 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc, with sensor output 2 = 12 bit

4 = Ø 10 mm, blind hollow shaft 7 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422/5 V dc 3 = 13 bit

2 = Ø 1/4” 8 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422/10…30 V dc 4 = 14 bit

D Type of connection 7 = 17 bit

1 = tangential cable, 1 m PUR

3 = tangential cable, 5 m PUR

F = tangential cable, special length PUR )

8 = axial M12 connector, 8-pin

Available special lengths (connection type F):


2, 3, 8, 10, 15 m
order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm
ex.: F3673.242F.G312.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 87


Encoders

Absolute encoders – single turn Technical data

Sendix F3658/3678 (shaft/hollow shaft) Power supply 10...30 V dc

CAN high-speed acc. to ISO 11898,


Interface
Basic and Full-CAN, CAN specification 2.0 B

• House diameter Ø36 mm Resolution 1…65536 (16 bit), scalable default: 8192 (13 bit)

Shaft load capacity Radial 40 N; axial 20 N


• CANopen
Housing side acc. to EN 60529;
• 16 bit resolution Protection
shaft side IP67 IP65 (solid shaft version opt. IP67)

• Operating temperature Working temp range -40…+85 °C


-40…+85 °C

Part number
F 3 6 5 8 . X X 2 X . 2 1 1 2
A B C D E

A Flange C Interface/power supply E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm 2 = CANopen DS301 V4.02/10…30 V dc 21 = CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2

3 = clamping flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm D Type of connection

2 = synchro flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm 1 = tangential cable, 1 m PUR

4 = synchro flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm 3 = tangential cable, 5 m PUR

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat F = tangential cable, special length PUR

1 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm Available special lengths (connection type F):


2, 3, 8, 10, 15 m
3 = Ø 8 x 15 mm order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm
ex.: F365432F.2112.0030 (for cable length 3 m)
5 = Ø 10 x 20 mm

2 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm

4 = Ø 3/8” x 5/8“

Part number
F 3 6 7 8 . X X 2 X . 2 1 1 2
A B C D E

A Flange C Interface/power supply E Fieldbus profile

1 = with spring element, short, IP65 2 = CANopen DS301 V4.02/10…30 V dc 21 = CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2

3 = with spring element, long, IP65 D Type of connection

2 = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 46 mm 1 = tangential cable, 1 m PUR

B Blind hollow shaft 3 = tangential cable, 5 m PUR

5 = Ø 6 mm F = tangential cable, special length PUR )

7 = Ø 8 mm Available special lengths (connection type F):


2, 3, 8, 10, 15 m
4 = Ø 10 mm order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm
ex.: F365432F.2112.0030 (for cable length 3 m)
6 = Ø 1/4“

88 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Absolute encoders – single turn Technical data

Sendix 5853 (shaft/hollow shaft) Interface SSI/BiSS

Power supply 5 V dc (±5 %) or 10…30 V dc

Resolution Biss 10…14 bit; 17, 19 & 21 bit; SSI 10…14 bit & 17 bit
• House diameter Ø58 mm
Shaft load capacity Radial: 80 N; axial: 40 N
• SSI interface Protection Housing IP67; shaft side IP65 (optional IP67)

• High shock resitance Working temp range -40…+90 °C

• High protection class

Part number
5 8 5 3 . X X X X . X X 2 X
A B C D E F G H

A Flange C Interface/power supply E Code

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm 1 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc B = SSI, binary

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm 2 = SSI, BiSS/10…30 V dc C = BiSS, binary

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm 3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc G = SSI, gray

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm 4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc F Resolution

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm 5 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc, with sensor output A = 10 bit

7 = square flange, IP67 63.5 mm 6 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc, with sensor output 1 = 11 bit

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat 7 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/5 V dc 2 = 12 bit

1 = 6 x 10 mm 8 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/10…30 V dc 3 = 13 bit

2 = 10 x 20 mm 9 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/5 V dc, sensor output 4 = 14 bit

3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“ D Type of connection 7 = 17 bit

4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“ 1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC C = 21 bit

A = axial cable, special length PVC ) G Inputs/outputs

2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC 2 = SET, DIR input

B = radial cable, special length PVC ) additional status output

3 = axial M23 connector, 12-pin H Options (service)

4 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin 1 = no option

5 = axial M12 connector, 8-pin 2 = status LED

6 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin 3 = SET button and status LED

Available special lengths (connection types A, B):


2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m
order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm
ex.: 5853.112A.G323.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 89


Encoders

Absolute encoders – single turn Technical data

Sendix 5873 (shaft/hollow shaft) Interface SSI/BiSS

Power supply 5 V dc (±5 %) or 10…30 V dc

Resolution Biss 10…14 bit; 17, 19 & 21 bit; SSI 10…14 bit & 17 bit
• House diameter Ø58 mm
Shaft load capacity Radial: 80 N; axial: 40 N
• SSI interface Protection Housing IP67; shaft side IP65 (optional IP67)

• High shock resitance Working temp range -40…+90 °C

• High protection class

Part number
5 8 7 3 . X X X X . X X 2 X
A B C D E F G H

A Flange C Interface/power supply E Code

1 = with spring element, long, IP65 1 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc B = SSI, binary

2 = with spring element, long, IP67 2 = SSI, BiSS/10…30 V dc C = BiSS, binary

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm 3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc G = SSI, gray

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm 4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc F Resolution

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm 5 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc, with sensor output A = 10 bit

6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm 6 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc, with sensor output 1 = 11 bit

E = with stator coupling, IP65 7 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/5 V dc 2 = 12 bit

mounting without screws 8 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/10…30 V dc 3 = 13 bit

F = with stator coupling, IP67 9 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/5 V dc, with sensor output 4 = 14 bit

mounting without screws D Type of connection 7 = 17 bit

G = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 72 mm 2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC C = 21 bit

B Hollow shaft B = radial cable, special length PVC ) G Inputs/outputs

3 = Ø 10 mm E = tangential cable, 1 m PVC 2 = SET, DIR input

K = Ø 10 mm, with tapered shaft F = tangential cable, special length PVC ) additional status output

4 = Ø 12 mm 4 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin H Options (service)

5 = Ø 14 mm 6 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin 1 = no option

6 = Ø 15 mm Available special lengths (connection types B, F): 2 = status LED


2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m
8 = Ø 3/8“ order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm 3 = SET button and status LED
ex.: 5873.542B.G323.0030 (for cable length 3 m)
9 = Ø 1/2“

90 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Absolute encoders – single turn Technical data

Sendix SIL 5853FS3/5873FS3 (shaft/hollow shaft) Interface SSI/BiSS

Power supply 5 V dc (±5 %) or 10…30 V dc

Resolution Biss 10…14 bit; 17, 19 & 21 bit; SSI 10…14 bit & 17 bit
• House diameter Ø58 mm
Shaft load capacity Radial: 80 N; axial: 40 N
• SSI interface with incremental SIN/COS Protection Housing IP67; shaft side IP65 (optional IP67)
input
Working temp range -40…+90 °C
• SIL 3

• Enhanced Safety-Lock™ design

Part number
5 8 5 3 F S 3 . 1 X X X . X X 2 X
A B C D E F G H

A Flange D Type of connection F Resolution

1 = clamping flange, IP65, Ø 58 mm 1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC A = 10 bit

B Shaft (Ø x L) A = axial cable, special length PVC 1 = 11 bit

2 = 10 x 20 mm, with flat 2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC 2 = 12 bit

A = 10 x 20 mm, with feather key B = radial cable, special length PVC 3 = 13 bit

C Interface/power supply 3 = axial M23 connector, 12-pin 4 = 14 bit

3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc 4 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin 7 = 17 bit

4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc Available special lengths (connection types A, B): G Input/output

2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m 2 = SET, DIR input

order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm H Options (service)

ex.: 5853FS3.124A.G322.0030 (for cable length 3 m) 1 = no option

E Code 2 = status LED

B = SSI, binary 3 = SET button and status LED

C = BiSS, binary

G = SSI, gray

Part number
5 8 7 3 F S 3 . 1 X X X . X X 2 X
A B C D E F G H

A Flange D Type of connection F Resolution

9 = with torque stop, flexible, IP65 2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC A = 10 bit

A = with torque stop set, rigid, IP65 B = radial cable, special length PVC 1 = 11 bit

B = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 63 mm E = tangential cable, 1 m PVC 2 = 12 bit

B Hollow shaft F = tangential cable, special length PVC 3 = 13 bit

3 = Ø 10 mm 4 = radial M23 connector, 12 pin 4 = 14 bit

4 = Ø 12 mm Available special lengths (connection types B, F): 7 = 17 bit

5 = Ø 14 mm 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m G Input/output

K = Ø 10 mm, tapered shaft order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm 2 = SET, DIR input

C Interface/power supply ex.: 5873FS3.B44B.G322.0030 (for cable length 3 m) H Options (service)

3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc E Code 1 = no option

4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc B = SSI, binary 2 = status LED

C = BiSS, binary 3 = SET button and status LED

G = SSI, gray

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 91


Encoders

Absolute encoders – single turn Technical data

Sendix 5858/5878 (shaft/hollow shaft) CANopen Interface CANopen

Power supply 10…30 V dc

Resolution 1 ... 65536 (16 bit), scalable; default: 8192 (13 bit)
• House diameter Ø58 mm
Shaft load capacity Radial: 80 N; axial: 40 N
• CANopen Protection Housing IP67; shaft side IP65 (optional IP67)

• Safety-Lock™ Working temp range -40…+80 °C

• High protection class

Part number
5 8 5 8 . X X 2 X . 2 1 1 X
A B C D E F

A Flange D Type of connection E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm removable bus terminal cover 21 = CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm 1 = radial cable gland F Options (service)

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm 2 = 2 x M12 connector 2 = no options

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm Fixed connection without bus terminal cover 3 = SET button

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm A = radial cable, 2 m PVC

7 = square flange, IP67 63.5 mm B = radial cable, special length PVC

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat E = 1 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

1 = 6 x 10 mm F = 2 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

2 = 10 x 20 mm I = 1 x radial M23 connector, 12-pin

3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“ J = 2 x radial M23 connector, 12-pin

4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“ Available special lengths (connection type B):


3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m
C Interface/power supply order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm
ex.: 585112B.2113.0030 (for cable length 3 m)
2 = CANopen DS301 V4.02/10…30 V dc

Part number
5 8 7 8 . X X 2 X . 2 1 1 X
A B C D E F

A Flange D Type of connection E Fieldbus profile

1 = with spring element, long, IP65 removable bus terminal cover 21 = CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2

2 = with spring element, long, IP67 1 = radial cable gland F Options (service)

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm 2 = 2 x M12 connector 2 = no options

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm Fixed connection without bus terminal cover 3 = SET button

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm A = radial cable, 2 m PVC

6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm B = radial cable, special length PVC )

B Blind hollow shaft E = 1 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

3 = Ø 10 mm F = 2 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

4 = Ø 12 mm I = 1 x radial M23 connector, 12-pin

5 = Ø 14 mm J = 2 x radial M23 connector, 12-pin

6 = Ø 15 mm Available special lengths (connection type B):


3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m
8 = Ø 3/8“ order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm
ex.: 587542B.2113.0030 (for cable length 3 m)
9 = Ø 1/2“

C Interface/power supply

2 = CANopen DS301 V4.02/10…30 V dc

92 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Absolute encoders – single turn Technical data

Sendix 5858/5878 (shaft/hollow shaft) EtherCAT Interface EtherCAT

Power supply 10…30 V dc

Resolution 1 ... 65535 (16 bit), scalable; default: 8192 (13 bit)
• House diameter Ø58 mm
Shaft load capacity Radial: 80 N; axial: 40 N
• EtherCAT Protection Housing IP67; shaft side IP65 (optional IP67)

• Safety-Lock™ Working temp range -40…+80 °C

• High protection class

Part number
5 8 5 8 . X X B 2 . B 2 1 2
A B C D E

A Flange C Interface/power supply E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm B = EtherCAT/10…30 V dc B2= EtherCAT with CoE

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm D Type of connection (CAN over EtherNet)

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm removable bus terminal cover

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm 2 = 3 x M12 connector, 4-pin

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm

7 = square flange, IP67 63.5 mm

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

1 = 6 x 10 mm

2 = 10 x 20 mm

3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“

4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

Part number
5 8 7 8 . X X B 2 . B 2 1 2
A B C D E

A Flange C Interface/power supply E Fieldbus profile

1 = with spring element, long, IP65 B = EtherCAT/10…30 V dc B2= EtherCAT with CoE

2 = with spring element, long, IP67 D Type of connection (CAN over EtherNet)

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm removable bus terminal cover

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm 2 = 3 x M12 connector, 4-pin

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm

6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

3 = Ø 10 mm

4 = Ø 12 mm

5 = Ø 14 mm

6 = Ø 15 mm

8 = Ø 3/8”

9 = Ø 1/2”

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 93


Encoders

Absolute encoders – single turn Technical data

Sendix 5858/5878 (shaft/hollow shaft) Profibus DP Interface Profibus DP V0

Power supply 10…30 V dc

Resolution 1 ... 65536 (16 bit), scalable; default: 8192 (13 bit)
• House diameter Ø58 mm
Shaft load capacity Radial: 80 N; axial: 40 N
• Profibus Protection Housing IP67; shaft side IP65 (optional IP67)

• Safety-Lock™ Working temp range -40…+80 °C

• High protection class

Part number
5 8 5 8 . X X 3 X . 3 1 1 X
A B C D E F

A Flange C Interface/power supply F Options (Service)

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm 3 = PROFIBUS DP V0 2 = no option

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm encoder profile V 1.1, 10…30 V dc 3 = SET botton

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm D Type of connection

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm removable bus terminal cover

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm 1 = with radial cable gland fitting

7 = square flange, IP67 63.5 mm 2 = with 3 x radial M12 connectors

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat E Fieldbus profile

1 = 6 x 10 mm 1) 31 = PROFIBUS DP V0

2 = 10 x 20 mm 2) encoder profile class 2

3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“

4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

Part number
5 8 7 8 . X X 3 X . 3 1 1 X
A B C D E F

A Flange C Interface/power supply F Options (Service)

1 = with spring element, long, IP65 3 = PROFIBUS DP V0 2 = no option

2 = with spring element, long, IP67 encoder profile V 1.1, 10…30 V dc 3 = SET button

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm D Type of connection

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm removable bus terminal cover

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm 1 = with radial cable gland fitting

6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm 2 = with 3 x radial M12 connectors

B Blind hollow shaft E Fieldbus profile

3 = Ø 10 mm 31 = PROFIBUS DP V0

4 = Ø 12 mm encoder profile class 2

5 = Ø 14 mm

6 = Ø 15 mm

8 = Ø 3/8“

9 = Ø 1/2“

94 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Absolute encoders – single turn Technical data

Sendix 5858/5878 (shaft/hollow shaft) ProfiNet Interface ProfiNet

Power supply 10…30 V dc

Resolution 1 ... 65535 (16 bit), scalable; default: 8192 (13 bit)
• House diameter Ø58 mm
Shaft load capacity Radial: 80 N; axial: 40 N
• ProfiNet Protection Housing IP67; shaft side IP65 (optional IP67)

• Safety-Lock™ Working temp range -40…+80 °C

• High protection class

Part number
5 8 5 8 . X X C 2 . C 2 1 2
A B C D E

A Flange C Interface/power supply E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm C = ProfiNet/10…30 V dc C2= ProfiNet 10

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm D Type of connection

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm removable bus terminal cover

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm 2 = 3 x M12 connector, 4-pin

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm

7 = square flange, IP67 63.5 mm

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

1 = 6 x 10 mm

2 = 10 x 20 mm

3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“

4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

Part number
5 8 7 8 . X X C 2 . C 2 1 2
A B C D E

a Flange C Interface/power supply E Fieldbus profile

1 = with spring element, long, IP65 C = ProfiNet/10…30 V dc C2= ProfiNet 10

2 = with spring element, long, IP67 D Type of connection

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm removable bus terminal cover

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm 2 = 3 x M12 connector, 4-pin

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm

6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm

B Blind hollow shaft

3 = Ø 10 mm

4 = Ø 12 mm

5 = Ø 14 mm

6 = Ø 15 mm

8 = Ø 3/8“

9 = Ø 1/2“

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 95


Encoders

Absolute encoders – single turn Technical data

Sendix 5858/5878 (shaft/hollow shaft) EtherNet/IP Interface EtherNet/IP

Power supply 10…30 V dc

Resolution 1 ... 65.536 (16 bit), scalable; default: 65.536 (16 bit)
• House diameter Ø58 mm
Shaft load capacity Radial: 80 N; axial: 40 N
• EtherNet/IP Protection IP65

• Safety-Lock™ Working temp range -40…+80 °C

• Fast start

Part number
F 5 8 5 8 . X X A N . A 2 2 2
A B C D E

A Flange C Interface/Power supply E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm A = EtherNet IP/10…30 V dc A2 = EtherNet/IP

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm D Type of connection

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm N = 3 x axial M12 connector, 4-pin

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

1 = 6 x 10 mm

2 = 10 x 20 mm

3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“

4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

Part number
F 5 8 7 8 . X X A N . A 2 2 2
A B C D E

A Flange C Interface/Power supply E Fieldbus profile

1 = with spring element long, IP65 A = EtherNet IP/10…30 V dc A2 = EtherNet/IP

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm D Type of connection

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm N = 3 x axial M12 connector, 4-pin

B Blind hollow shaft

B = Ø 12 mm

C = Ø 14 mm

D = Ø 15 mm

E = Ø 3/8“

F = Ø 1/2“

96 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Absolute encoder – multi-turn Technical data

Sendix F3663/F3683 Power supply 5 V dc (±5 %) or 10 ... 30 V dc

Current consumption 5 V dc max. 60 mA; 10…30 V dc max. 30 mA


• House diameter Ø36 mm Resolution Singleturn 10…17 bit; No. of revs (multiturn) max. 24 bit

• SSI/BiSS interface Shaft load capacity Radial 40 N; axial 20 N

• Safety-Lock ™ Protection Housing side IP67; shaft side IP65 (solid shaft version opt. IP67)

• Up to 17 + 24 bit resolution Working temperature range -40…+90 °C

Part number
F 3 6 6 3 . X X X X . X X X 2
A B C D E F G
A Flange C Interface/power supply E Code

1 = clamping flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm 1 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc B = SSI, binary

3 = clamping flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm 2 = SSI, BiSS/10…30 V dc C = BiSS, binary

2 = synchro flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm 3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc G = SSI, gray

4 = synchro flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm 4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc F Resolution (Singleturn)

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat 5 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc, with sensor output A = 10 bit ST

1 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm 6 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc, with sensor output 2 = 12 bit ST

3 = Ø 8 x 15 mm 7 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422/5 V dc 3 = 13 bit ST

5 = Ø 10 x 20 mm 8 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422/10…30 V dc 4 = 14 bit ST

2 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm D Type of connection 7 = 17 bit ST

4 = Ø 3/8” x 5/8“ 1 = tangential cable, 1 m PUR G Resolution (Multiturn)

3 = tangential cable, 5 m PUR 2 = 12 bit MT

5 = tangential cable, 1 m PUR 6 = 16 bit MT

with M12 connector for central fastening, 8-pin 4 = 24 bit MT

Part number
F 3 6 8 3 . X X X X . X X X 2
A B C D E F G
A Flange C Interface/power supply E Code

1 = with spring element, short, IP65 1 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc B = SSI, binary

3 = with spring element, long, IP65 2 = SSI, BiSS/10…30 V dc C = BiSS, binary

2 = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 46 mm 3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc G = SSI, gray

B Hollow shaft 4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc F Resolution (Singleturn)

1 = Ø 6 mm 5 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc, with sensor output A = 10 bit ST

3 = Ø 8 mm 6 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc, with sensor output 2 = 12 bit ST

4 = Ø 10 mm, blind hollow shaft 7 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422/5 V dc 3 = 13 bit ST

2 = Ø 1/4” 8 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422/10…30 V dc 4 = 14 bit ST

D Type of connection 7 = 17 bit ST

1 = tangential cable, 1 m PUR G Resolution (Multiturn)

3 = tangential cable, 5 m PUR 2 = 12 bit MT

5 = tangential cable, 1 m PUR 6 = 16 bit MT

with M12 connector for central fastening, 8-pin 4 = 24 bit MT

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 97


Encoders

Absolute encoder – multi-turn Technical data

Sendix F3668/F3688 CANopen Power supply 10...30 V dc

CAN high-speed acc. to ISO 11898; Basic & Full-CAN


Interface
• House diameter Ø36 mm CAN specification 2.0 B

Shaft load capacity Radial 40 N; axial 20 N


• CANopen
Housing side IP67;
• Safety-Lock ™ Protection
Shaft side P65 (solid shaft version opt. IP67)

• Up to 16 + 16 bit resolution Working temperature range -40…+85 °C

Part number
F 3 6 6 8 . X X 2 X . 2 1 2 2
A B C D E
A Flange C Interface/power supply E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm 2 = CANopen DS301 V4.02/10…30 V dc 21 = CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2

3 = clamping flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm D Type of connection

2 = synchro flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm 1 = tangential cable, 1 m PUR

4 = synchro flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm 3 = tangential cable, 5 m PUR

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat U = tangential cable, 10 m PUR

1 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm

3 = Ø 8 x 15 mm

5 = Ø 10 x 20 mm

2 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm

4 = Ø 3/8” x 5/8“

Part number
F 3 6 8 8 . X X 2 X . 2 1 2 2
A B C D E

A Flange C Interface/power supply E Fieldbus profile

1 = with spring element, short, IP65 2 = CANopen DS301 V4.02/10…30 V dc 21 = CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2

3 = with spring element, long, IP65 D Type of connection

2 = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 46 mm 1 = tangential cable, 1 m PUR

B Blind hollow shaft 3 = tangential cable, 5 m PUR

5 = Ø 6 mm U = tangential cable, 10 m PUR

7 = Ø 8 mm

4 = Ø 10 mm

6 = Ø 1/4“

98 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Absolute encoder – multi-turn Technical data

Sendix M3668/M3688 CANopen Power supply 10…30 V dc

Interface CANopen
• House diameter Ø36 mm Resolution (single turn) 1...65536 (16 bit), scalable; default: 8192 (13 bit)

• CANopen Absolute accuracy ±1o

• New multi-turn technology Repeat accuracy ±0.2o

• IP67 No of revolutions Max 16.777.216 (24 bit); scalable only via the total resolution

Total resolution 1...274.877.906.944 (38 bit); scalable default: 33.554.432 (25 bit)

Shaft load capacity Radial 40 N; axial 20 N

Protection IP65 or IP67

Working temperature range -40…+85 °C

Part number
M 3 6 6 8 . X X 2 X . 2 1 2 2
A B C D E
A Flange C Interface/power supply E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm 2 = CANopen DS301 V4.2/10…30 V dc 21 = CANopen encoder profil DS406 V4.0

3 = clamping flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm D Type of connection

2 = synchro flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm 1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC

4 = synchro flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm A = axial cable, special length PVC

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat 2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

1 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm B = radial cable, special length PVC

3 = Ø 8 x 15 mm 3 = axial M12 connector

5 = Ø 10 x 20 mm 4 = radial M12 connector

2 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm Available special lengths (connection types A, B):


2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m
order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm
ex.: M366432A.2122.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

Part number
F 3 6 8 89 . X X 2 X . 2 1 2 2
A B C D E F G
A Flange C Interface/power supply E Fieldbus profile

2 = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 46 mm 2 = CANopen DS301 V4.2/10…30 V dc 21 = CANopen encoder profil DS406 V4.0

3 = with spring element, long, IP65 D Type of connection

5 = with stator coupling, IP67, Ø 46 mm 1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC

6 = with spring element, long, IP67 A = axial cable, special length PVC

B Blind hollow shaft 2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

1 = Ø 6 mm B = radial cable, special length PVC

3 = Ø 8 mm 3 = axial M12 connector

4 = Ø 10 mm 4 = radial M12 connector

2 = Ø 1/4” Available special lengths (connection types A, B):


2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m
order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm
ex.: M3688.242A.2122.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 99


Encoders

Absolute encoder – multi-turn Technical data

Sendix M3661/M3681 Power supply 0…5 V, 0…10 V; 10…30 V dc 15…30 V dc

Interface Analog
• House diameter Ø36 mm Measuring range Factory setting 2 revolutions; scalable up to 216 revolutions
4

• Analog output Singleturn accuracy at 25°C ±1°

• New multi-turn technology Repeat accuracy at 25°C ±0.2°

• IP67 DA converter resolution 0…10 V 12 bit; 0…5 V 11 bit

Shaft load capacity Radial 40 N; axial 20 N

Protection IP65 or IP67

Working temperature range -40…+85 °C

Part number
M 3 6 6 1 . X X X X . X X 1 2
A B C D E F
A Flange C Output circuit E Interface/resolution/power supply

1 = clamping flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm 3 = current output 3 = 4…20 mA/12 bit/10…30 V dc

3 = clamping flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm 4 = voltage output 4 = 0…10 V/12 bit/15…30 V dc

2 = synchro flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm D Type of connection 5 = 0…5 V/11 bit/10…30 V dc

4 = synchro flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm 1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC F Measuring range

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat A = axial cable, special length PVC 1 = 16 revolutions/cw

1 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm 2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC 2 = 16 revolutions/ccw

3 = Ø 8 x 15 mm B = radial cable, special length PVC 3 = scalable up to 65,536 revolutions, with limit switch function

5 = Ø 10 x 20 mm 3 = axial M12 connector 4 = scalable up to 65,536 revolutions, without limit switch function

2 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm 4 = radial M12 connector

Available special lengths (connection types A, B):


2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m
order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm
ex.: M3661.433A.3112.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

Part number
M 3 6 8 1 . X X X X . X X 1 2
A B C D E F
A Flange C Output circuit E Interface/resolution/power supply

2 = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 46 mm 3 = current output 3 = 4…20 mA/12 bit/10…30 V dc

3 = with spring element, long, IP65 4 = voltage output 4 = 0…10 V/12 bit/15…30 V dc

5 = with stator coupling, IP67, Ø 46 mm D Type of connection 5 = 0…5 V/11 bit/10…30 V dc

6 = with spring element, long, IP67 1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC F Measuring range

B Blind hollow shaft A = axial cable, special length PVC 1 = 16 revolutions/cw

1 = Ø 6 mm 2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC 2 = 16 revolutions/ccw

3 = Ø 8 mm B = radial cable, special length PVC 3 = scalable up to 65,536 revolutions, with limit switch function

4 = Ø 10 mm 3 = axial M12 connector 4 = scalable up to 65,536 revolutions, without limit switch function

2 = Ø 1/4” 4 = radial M12 connector

Available special lengths (connection types A, B):


2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m
order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm
Ex.: M3681.243A.3112.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

100 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Absolute encoder – multi-turn Technical data

Sendix M3663/M3683 Power supply 10…30 V dc

Interface SSI
• House diameter Ø36 mm Output driver RS485 transceiver type

• SSI interface Resolution (single turn) 10…14 bit

• New multi-turn technology Absolute accuracy ±1o

• IP67 Repeat accuracy ±0.2o

No of revolutions Max 24 bit

Shaft load capacity Radial 40 N; axial 20 N

Protection IP65 or IP67

Working temperature range -40…+85 °C

Part number
M 3 6 6 3 . X X 2 X . X X X 2
A B C D E F G
A Flange C Interface/power supply E Code

1 = clamping flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm 2 = SSI 10…30 V dc B = SSI, binary

3 = clamping flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm D Type of connection G = SSI, gray

2 = synchro flange, IP67, Ø 36 mm 1 = axial cable, 1 m PUR F Resolution (singleturn)

4 = synchro flange, IP65, Ø 36 mm A = axial cable, special length PUR A = 10 bit ST

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat 2 = radial cable, 1 m PUR 2 = 12 bit ST

1 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm B = radial cable, special length PUR 3 = 13 bit ST

3 = Ø 8 x 15 mm 3 = axial M12 connector 4 = 14 bit ST

5 = Ø 10 x 20 mm 4 = radial M12 connector G Resolution (multiturn)

2 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm Available special lengths (connection types A, B): 2 = 12 bit MT


2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m
order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm 6 = 16 bit MT
ex.: M3663.432A.G322.0030 (for cable length 3 m)
A = 20 bit MT

4 = 24 bit MT

Part number
F 3 6 8 3 . X X X X . X X X 2
A B C D E F G
A Flange C Interface/power supply E Code

2 = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 46 mm 2 = SSI 10…30 V dc B = SSI, binary

3 = with spring element, long, IP65 D Type of connection G = SSI, gray

5 = with stator coupling, IP67, Ø 46 mm 1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC F Resolution (singleturn)

6 = with spring element, long, IP67 A = axial cable, special length PVC A = 10 bit ST

B Blind hollow shaft 2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC 2 = 12 bit ST

1 = Ø 6 mm B = radial cable, special length PVC 3 = 13 bit ST

3 = Ø 8 mm 3 = axial M12 connector 4 = 14 bit ST

4 = Ø 10 mm 4 = radial M12 connector G Resolution (multiturn)

2 = Ø 1/4” Available special lengths (connection types A, B): 2 = 12 bit MT


2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m
order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm 6 = 16 bit MT
ex.: M368242A.2122.0030 (for cable length 3 m)
A = 20 bit MT

4 = 24 bit MT

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 101


Encoders

Absolute encoder – multi-turn Technical data

Sendix M3661R Power supply 0…5 V, 0…10 V, 10…30 V dc, 15…30 V dc

Interface Analog
• House diameter Ø36 mm Measuring range Factory setting 2 revolutions; scalable up to 216 revolutions
4

• Analog output Singleturn accuracy at 25°C ±1°

• IP66/IP67/IP69K Repeat accuracy at 25°C ±0.2°

• Stainless steel model DA converter resolution 0…10 V 12 bit; 0…5 V 11 bit

Shaft load capacity Radial 80 N; axial 40 N

Protection IP65, IP67, IP69K

Working temperature range -40…+85 °C

Part number
M 3 6 6 1 R . X X X X . X X 1 2
A B C D E F
A Version C Output circuit E Interface/resolution/power supply

1 = standard clamping flange Ø 42 mm 3 = current output 3 = 4…20 mA/12 bit/10…30 V dc

7 = stainless steel V4A clamping flange Ø 42 mm 4 = voltage output 4 = 0…10 V/12 bit/15…30 V dc

all metal parts accessible from outside are out of D Type of connection 5 = 0…5 V/11 bit/10…30 V dc

stainless steel V4A 2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC F Measuring range

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat B = radial cable, special length PVC 1 = 16 revolutions/cw

1 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm 4 = radial M12 connector 2 = 16 revolutions/ccw

3 = Ø 8 x 15 mm Available special lengths (connection types B): 3 = scalable up to 65,536 revolutions, with limit switch function

5 = Ø 10 x 20 mm 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m 4 = scalable up to 65,536 revolutions, without limit switch function

2 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm

E = Ø 10 x 20 mm, stainless steel V4A ex.: M3661R.133B.3112.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

102 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Absolute encoder – multi-turn Technical data

Sendix M3668R Power supply 10…30 V dc

CAN high-speed acc. to ISO 11898, Basic and Full-CAN,


Interface
CAN specification 2.0 B
• House diameter Ø36 mm
Resolution singleturn 1…16384 (14 bit), scalable default: 8192 (13 bit)
• CANopen
Absoulte accuracy ±1°
• IP66/IP67/IP69K Repeat accuracy ±0.2°

• Stainless steel model Revolutions (multiturn) Max 16.777.216 (24 bit) scalable only via the total resolution

Total resolution 1…274.877.906.944 (38 bit), scalable default: 33.554.432 (25 bit)

Shaft load capacity Radial 80 N; axial 40 N

Protection IP65, IP67, IP69K

Working temperature range -40…+85 °C

Materials Version 1 (standard) Version 7 (stainless steel)

Shaft V2A V4A

Flange aluminium V4A

Housing zinc die-cast V4A

Cable PVC –

Part number
M 3 6 6 8 R . X X 2 X . 2 1 2 2
A B C D E
A Version C Interface/power supply E Fieldbus profile

1 = standard clamping flange Ø 42 mm 2 = CANopen DS301 V4.2/10…30 V dc 21 = CANopen encoder profil DS406 V4.0

7 = stainless steel V4A clamping flange Ø 42 mm D Type of connection

all metal parts accessible from outside are out of 2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC

stainless steel V4A B = radial cable, special length PVC

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat 4 = radial M12 connector

1 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm Available special lengths (connection type B):

3 = Ø 8 x 15 mm 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m

5 = Ø 10 x 20 mm order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm

2 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm ex.: M3668R.132B.2122.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

E = Ø 10 x 20 mm, stainless steel V4A

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 103


Encoders

Absolute encoder – multi-turn Technical data

Sendix M3663R Power supply 10…30 V dc

Interface SSI
• House diameter Ø36 mm Output driver RS485 transceiver type

• SSI Resolution singleturn 10…14 bit

Absoulte accuracy ±1°


• Up to IP69K
Repeat accuracy ±0.2°
• Stainless steel model
Revolutions multiturn Max 24 bit

Shaft load capacity Radial 80 N; axial 40 N

Protection IP65, IP67, IP69K

Working temperature range -40…+85 °C

Materials Version 1 (standard) Version 7 (stainless steel)

Shaft V2A V4A

Flange aluminium V4A

Housing zinc die-cast V4A

Cable PUR –

Part number
M 3 6 6 3 R . X X 2 X . X X X 2
A B C D E F G
A Version C Interface/power supply F Resolution (singleturn)

1 = standard clamping flange Ø 42 mm 2 = SSI 10…30 V dc A = 10 bit ST

7 = stainless steel V4A clamping flange Ø 42 mm D Type of connection 2 = 12 bit ST

all metal parts accessible from outside are out of 2 = radial cable, 1 m PUR 3 = 13 bit ST

stainless steel V4A B = radial cable, special length PUR 4 = 14 bit ST

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat 4 = radial M12 connector G Resolution (multiturn)

1 = Ø 6 x 12.5 mm Available special lengths (connection type B): 2 = 12 bit MT

3 = Ø 8 x 15 mm 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m 6 = 16 bit MT

5 = Ø 10 x 20 mm order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm A = 20 bit MT

2 = Ø 1/4” x 12.5 mm ex.: M3663R.132B.G322.0030 (for cable length 3 m) 4 = 24 bit MT

E = Ø 10 x 20 mm, stainless steel V4A

104 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Absolute encoder – multi-turn Technical data

Sendix F5868/F5888 CANopen Power supply 10…30 V dc

CAN high-speed acc. to ISO 11898, Basic and Full-CAN,


Interface
CAN specification 2.0 B
• House diameter Ø58 mm
Resolution singleturn 1…65536 (16 bit), scalable, default: 8192 (13 bit)
• CANopen
Revolutions (multiturn) Max. 65536 (16 bit) scalable only via the total resolution
• 16 + 16 bit resolution Shaft load capacity Radial 80 N; axial 40 N

• -40…+85 °C Protection Housing side IP67, shaft side IP65 opt IP67

Working temperature range -40…+80 °C

Materials Version 1 (standard) Version 7 (stainless steel)

Shaft V2A V4A

Flange aluminium V4A

Housing zinc die-cast V4A

Cable PVC –

Part number
F 5 8 6 8 . X X 2 X . 2 1 2 X
A B C D E F
A Flange C Interface/power supply F Fieldbus profile 3)

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm 2 = CANopen DS301 V4.02/10…30 V dc 21 = CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm D Type of connection F Options (service)

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm A = radial cable, 2 m PVC 2 = no option

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm B = radial cable, special length PVC 3 = SET button

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat E = 1 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

1 = 6 x 10 mm F = 2 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

2 = 10 x 20 mm Available special lengths (connection types A, B):


3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m
3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“ order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm
ex.: F5868.122B.2123.0030 (for cable length 3 m)
4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

Part number
F 5 8 8 8 . X X 2 X . 2 1 2 X
A B C D E F
A Flange C Interface/power supply E Fieldbus profile 3)

1 = with spring element, long, IP65 2 = CANopen DS301 V4.02/10…30 V dc 21 = CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2

2 = with spring element, long, IP67 D Type of connection F Options (service)

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm L = tangential cable, 2 m PVC 2 = no option

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm M = tangential cable, special length PVC 3 = SET button

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm E = 1 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm F = 2 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin 2)

B Hollow shaft Available special lengths (connection type M):

3 = Ø 10 mm 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m

4 = Ø 12 mm order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm

B = Ø 12 mm, blind hollow shaft 1) ex.: F5888.542M.2123.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

5 = Ø 14 mm

6 = Ø 15 mm

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 105


Encoders

Absolute encoder – multi-turn Technical data

Sendix F5868/F5888 Modbus Power supply 10…30 V dc

Interface Modbus V1.02


• House diameter Ø58 mm Protocol Modbus RTU V1.1b3

• Modbus Resolution singleturn 1…65536 (16 bit), scalable, default: 65536 (16 bit)

No. of revolutions (multiturn) Max. 65536 (16 bit) scalable only via the total resolution
• 16 + 16 bit resolution
Load capacity of shaft Radial 80 N; axial 40 N
• -40…+80 °C
Protection Housing side IP67; shaft side IP65, opt. IP67

Working temperature range -40…+80 °C

Part number
F 5 8 6 8 . X X 6 E . 6 1 1 2
A B C D E
A Flange B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat D Type of connection

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm 1 = 6 x 10 mm E = 1 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm 2 = 10 x 20 mm E Fieldbus profile

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm 3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“ 61 = Modbus RTU Application Protocol V1.1b3

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm 4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

C Interface/power supply

6 = Modbus RTU, 10…30 V dc

Part number
F 5 8 8 8 . X X 6 E . 6 1 1 2
A B C D E
A Flange B Hollow shaft D Type of connection

1 = with spring element, long, IP65 3 = ø 10 mm E = 1 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

2 = with spring element, long, IP67 4 = ø 12 mm E Fieldbus profile

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm 5 = ø 14 mm 61 = Modbus RTU Application Protocol V1.1b3

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm 6 = ø 15 mm

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm C Interface/power supply

6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm 6 = Modbus RTU, 10…30 V dc

106 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Absolute encoder – multi-turn Technical data

Sendix F5868/F5888 EtherNet/IP Power supply 10…30 V dc

Interface EtherNet/IP
• House diameter Ø58 mm Resolution singleturn 1 ... 65.536 (16 bit), scalable, default: 65.536 (16 bit)

• EtherNet/IP Revolutions (multiturn) Max. 65.536 (16 bit), scalable only via the total resolution

Shaft load capacity Radial 80 N; axial 40 N


• Safety-Lock™
Protection IP65
• Fast start
Working temperature range -40…+80 °C

Part number
F 5 8 6 8 . X X A N . A 2 2 2
A B C D E
A Flange C Interface/Power supply E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm A = EtherNet IP/10…30 V dc A2 = EtherNet/IP

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm D Type of connection

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm N = 3 x axial M12 connector, 4-pin

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

1 = 6 x 10 mm

2 = 10 x 20 mm

3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“

4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

Part number
F 5 8 8 8 . X X A N . A 2 2 2
A B C D E
A Flange C Interface/Power supply E Fieldbus profile

1 = with spring element long, IP65 A = EtherNet IP/10…30 V dc A2 = EtherNet/IP

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm D Type of connection

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm N = 3 x axial M12 connector, 4-pin

B Blind hollow shaft

A = Ø 10 mm

B = Ø 12 mm

C = Ø 14 mm

D = Ø 15 mm

E = Ø 3/8“

F = Ø 1/2“

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 107


Encoders

Absolute encoder – multi-turn Technical data

Sendix F5863/F5883 SSI Power supply 5 V dc (+5%) or 10…30 V dc

Interface SSI/BiSS
• House diameter Ø58 mm Resolution singleturn 10…17 bit

• SSI/BiSS Revolutions (multiturn) Max. 24 bit

Shaft load capacity Radial 80 N; axial 40 N


• Total resolution 41 bit
Protection Housing side IP67, shaft side IP65, opt. IP67
• 100% sensitive magnetic field
Working temperature range -40…+85 °C
• Fast start

Part number
F 5 8 6 3 . X X X X . X X X X
A B C D E F G H
A Flange C Interface/power supply E Code

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm 1 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc B = SSI, binary

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm 2 = SSI, BiSS/10…30 V dc C = BiSS, binary

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm 3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc G = SSI, gray

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm 4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc F Resolution (singleturn)

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat 5 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc, with sensor output B = 9 bit

1 = 6 x 10 mm 6 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc, with sensor output A = 10 bit

2 = 10 x 20 mm 7 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/5 V dc 1 = 11 bit

3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“ 8 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/10…30 V dc 2 = 12 bit

4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“ D Type of connection 3 = 13 bit

1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC 4 = 14 bit

A = axial cable, special length PVC 7 = 17 bit

2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC G Resolution (multiturn)

B = radial cable, special length PVC 2 = 12 bit MT

3 = axial M23 connector, 12-pin 6 = 16 bit MT

4 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin 4 = 24 bit MT

5 = axial M12 connector, 8-pin 3) H Options (service)

6 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin 3) 1 = no option

Available special lengths (connection types A, B): 2 = status LED


2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m
order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm 3 = SET button and status LED
ex.: F5863.122A.G323.0030 (for cable length 3 m)
Part number
F 5 8 8 3 . X X X X . X X X X
A B C D E F G H
A Flange C Interface/power supply E Code

1 = with spring element, long, IP65 1 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc B = SSI, binary

2 = with spring element, long, IP67 2 = SSI, BiSS/10…30 V dc C = BiSS, binary

3 = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 65 mm 3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc G = SSI, gray

4 = with stator coupling, IP67, Ø 65 mm 4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc F Resolution (singleturn)

5 = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 63 mm 5 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc, with sensor output B = 9 bit

6 = with stator coupling, IP67, Ø 63 mm 6 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc, with sensor output A = 10 bit

B Hollow shaft 7 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/5 V dc 1 = 11 bit

3 = Ø 10 mm 8 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/10…30 V dc 2 = 12 bit

4 = Ø 12 mm D Type of connection 3 = 13 bit

5 = Ø 14 mm 2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC 4 = 14 bit

6 = Ø 15 mm B = radial cable, special length PVC 7 = 17 bit

8 = Ø 3/8“ E = tangential cable, 1 m PVC G Resolution (multiturn)

9 = Ø 1/2“ F = tangential cable, special length PVC 2 = 12 bit MT

4 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin 6 = 16 bit MT

6 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin 4 = 24 bit MT

Available special lengths (connection types B, F): H Options (service)


2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m
order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm 1 = no option
ex.: F5883.542B.G323.0030 (for cable length 3 m)
2 = status LED

3 = SET button and status LED

108 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Absolute encoder – multi-turn Technical data

Sendix 5863/5883 SSI Power supply 5 V dc (+5%) or 10…30 V dc

Interface SSI/BiSS
• House diameter Ø58 mm Resolution singleturn 10…14 bit and 17 bit

• SSI/BiSS Revolutions (multiturn) 4096 (12 bit)

Shaft load capacity Radial 80 N; axial 40 N


• Safety-Lock ™
Protection Housing side IP67, shaft side IP65, opt. IP67
• High protection class
Working temperature range -40…+90 °C

Part number
5 8 6 3 . X X X X . X X 2 X
A B C D E F G H
A Flange C Interface/power supply E Code

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm 1 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc B = SSI, binary

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm 2 = SSI, BiSS/10…30 V dc C = BiSS, binary

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm 3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc G = SSI, gray

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm 4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc F Resolution

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm 5 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc, with sensor output A = 10 bit ST + 12 bit MT

7 = square flange, IP67 63.5 mm 6 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc, with sensor output 1 = 11 bit ST + 12 bit MT

6 = servo flange, IP65 Ø 63.5 mm 7 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/5 V dc 2 = 12 bit ST + 12 bit MT

8 = servo flange, IP67 Ø 63.5 mm 8 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/10…30 V dc 3 = 13 bit ST + 12 bit MT

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat 9 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/5 V dc, with sensor output 4 = 14 bit ST + 12 bit MT

1 = 6 x 10 mm D Type of connection 7 = 17 bit ST + 12 bit MT

2 = 10 x 20 mm 1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC G Inputs/outputs

3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“ A = axial cable, special length PVC 2 = SET, DIR input

4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“ 2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC additional

B = radial cable, special length PVC status output

3 = axial M23 connector, 12-pin H Options (service)

4 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin 1 = no option

5 = axial M12 connector, 8-pin 4) 2 = status LED

6 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin 4) 3 = SET button and status LED

Available special lengths (connection types A, B):


2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m
order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm
ex.: 5863.112A.G323.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

Part number
5 8 8 3 . X X X X . X X 2 X
A B C D E F G H
A Flange C Interface/power supply E Code

1 = with spring element, long, IP65 1 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc B = SSI, binary

2 = with spring element, long, IP67 2 = SSI, BiSS/10…30 V dc C = BiSS, binary

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm 3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc G = SSI, gray

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm 4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc F Resolution

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm 5 = SSI, BiSS/5 V dc, with sensor output A = 10 bit ST + 12 bit MT

6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm 6 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc, with sensor output 1 = 11 bit ST + 12 bit MT

B Hollow shaft 7 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/5 V dc 2 = 12 bit ST + 12 bit MT

3 = Ø 10 mm 8 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/10…30 V dc 3 = 13 bit ST + 12 bit MT

4 = Ø 12 mm 9 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. RS422 (TTL-comp.)/5 V dc, with sensor output 4 = 14 bit ST + 12 bit MT

5 = Ø 14 mm D Type of connection 7 = 17 bit ST + 12 bit MT

6 = Ø 15 mm – blind hollow shaft 2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC G Inputs/outputs

8 = Ø 3/8“ B = radial cable, special length PVC 2 = SET, DIR input

9 = Ø 1/2“ E = tangential cable, 1 m PVC additional

F = tangential cable, special length PVC status output

4 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin H Options (service)

6 = radial M12 connector, 8-pin 1 = no option

Available special lengths (connection types B, F): 2 = status LED


2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m
order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm 3 = SET button and status LED
ex.: 5883.542B.G323.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 109


Encoders

Absolute encoder – multi-turn Technical data

Sendix 5868/5888 CANopen Power supply 10…30 V dc

CAN high-speed acc. to ISO 11898, Basic & Full-CAN


Interface
• House diameter Ø58 mm CAN specification 2.0 B

Resolution singleturn 1…65536 (16 bit), scalable, default: 8192 (13 bit)
• CANopen/CANopenLift
Revolutions (multiturn) Max. 4096 (12 bit), scalable only via the total resolution
• High shock resistance Shaft load capacity Radial 80 N, axial 40 N

• High protection class Protection Housing side IP67, shaft side IP65, opt. IP67

Working temperature range -40…+80 °C

Part number
5 8 6 8 . X X X X . X X X X
A B C D E F
A Flange D Type of connection E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm removable bus terminal cover 212 = CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm 1 = radial cable gland 221 = CANlift DS417 V1.01

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm 2 = M12 connector F Options (service)

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm Fixed connection without bus terminal cover 2 = no options

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm A = radial cable, 2 m PVC 3 = SET button

7 = square flange, IP67 63.5 mm B = radial cable, special length PVC

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat E = 1 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

1 = 6 x 10 mm F = 2 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

2 = 10 x 20 mm I = 1 x radial M23 connector, 12-pin

3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“ J = 2 x radial M23 connector, 12-pin

4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“ K = 1 x Sub-D connector, 9-pin

C Interface/power supply Available special lengths (connection type B):

2 = CANopen DS301 V4.02, 10…30 V dc 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m

5 = CANopen DS301 V4.02, 10…30 V dc order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm

with 2048 ppr incremental track (TTL-compatible) 3) ex.: 586112B.2123.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

Part number
F 5 8 8 8 . X X X X . X X X X
A B C D E F
A Flange with torque stop D Type of connection E Fieldbus profile

1 = with spring element, long, IP65 removable bus terminal cover 212 = CANopen encoder profile DS406 V3.2

2 = with spring element, long, IP67 1 = radial cable gland 221 = CANlift DS417 V1.01

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm 2 = M12 connector F Options (service)

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm Fixed connection without bus terminal cover 2 = no options

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm A = radial cable, 2 m PVC 3 = SET button

6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm B = radial cable, special length PVC

B Blind hollow shaft E = 1 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

3 = Ø 10 mm F = 2 x radial M12 connector, 5-pin

4 = Ø 12 mm I = 1 x radial M23 connector, 12-pin

5 = Ø 14 mm J = 2 x radial M23 connector, 12-pin

6 = Ø 15 mm K = 1 x Sub-D connector, 9-pin

8 = Ø 3/8“ Available special lengths (connection type B):

9 = Ø 1/2“ 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m

C Interface/power supply order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm

2 = CANopen DS301 V4.02, 10…30 V dc ex.: 588542B.2123.0030 (for cable length 3 m)

5 = CANopen DS301 V4.02, 1…30 V dc

with 2048 ppr incremental track (TTL-compatible)

110 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Absolute encoder – multi-turn Technical data

Sendix 5868/5888 EtherCAT Power supply 10…30 V dc

Interface EtherCAT
• House diameter Ø58 mm Resolution singleturn 1…65535 (16 bit), scalable, default: 8192 (13 bit)

• EtherCAT Revolutions (multiturn) Max. 4096 (12 bit), scalable only via the total resolution

Shaft load capacity Radial 80 N, axial 40 N


• Safety-Lock ™
Protection Housing side IP67, shaft side IP65, opt. IP67
• High protection class
Working temperature range -40…+80 °C

Part number
5 8 6 8 . X X B 2 . B 2 1 2
A B C D E
A Flange C Interface/power supply E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm B = EtherCAT/10…30 V dc B2= EtherCAT with CoE

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm D Type of connection (CAN over EtherNet)

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm removable bus terminal cover

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm 2 = 3 x M12 connector, 4-pin

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm

7 = square flange, IP67 63.5 mm

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

1 = 6 x 10 mm

2 = 10 x 20 mm

3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“

4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

Part number
F 5 8 8 8 . X X B 2 . B 2 1 2
A B C D E
A Flange C Interface/power supply E Fieldbus profile

1 = with spring element, long, IP65 B = EtherCAT/10…30 V dc B2= EtherCAT with CoE

2 = with spring element, long, IP67 D Type of connection (CAN over EtherNet)

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm removable bus terminal cover

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm 2 = 3 x M12 connector, 4-pin

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm

6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm

B Blind hollow shaft

3 = Ø 10 mm

4 = Ø 12 mm

5 = Ø 14 mm

6 = Ø 15 mm

8 = Ø 3/8“

9 = Ø 1/2“

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 111


Encoders

Absolute encoder – multi-turn Technical data

Sendix 5868/5888 Profibus Power supply 10…30 V dc

Interface specification acc. to PROFIBUS-DP 2.0/standard


Interface
• House diameter Ø58 mm (DIN 19245 part 3)/RS485 driver galvanically isolated

Resolution singleturn 1…65536 (16 bit), scalable, default: 8192 (13 bit)
• Profibus
Revolutions (multiturn) 1…4096 (12 bit), scalable
• High shock resistance Total resolution 1…26435.456 (28 bit), scalable default: 33.554.432 (25 bit)

• High protection class Shaft load capacity Radial 80 N, axial 40 N

Protection Housing side IP67, shaft side IP65, opt. IP67

Working temperature range -40…+80 °C

Part number
5 8 6 8 . X X 3 X . 3 1 1 X
A B C D E F
A Flange C Interface/power supply E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm 3 = PROFIBUS DP V0 encoder profile V 1.1, 10…30 V dc 31 = PROFIBUS DP V0

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm D Type of connection, removable bus terminal cover encoder profile class 2

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm 1 = with radial cable gland fitting F Options (service)

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm 2 = with 3 x radial M12 connectors, 5-pin 2 = no option

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm 3 = SET button

7 = square flange, IP67 63.5 mm

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

1 = 6 x 10 mm

2 = 10 x 20 mm

3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“

4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

Part number
5 8 8 8 . X X 3 X . 3 1 1 X
A B C D E F
A Flange with torque stop C Interface/power supply E Fieldbus profile

1 = with spring element, long, IP65 3 = PROFIBUS DP V0 encoder profile V 1.1, 10…30 V dc 31 = PROFIBUS DP V0

2 = with spring element, long, IP67 D Type of connection, removable bus terminal cover encoder profile class 2

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm 1 = with radial cable gland fitting F Options (service)

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm 2 = with 3 x radial M12 connectors, 5-pin 2 = no option

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm 3 = SET button

6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm

B Blind hollow shaft

3 = Ø 10 mm

4 = Ø 12 mm

5 = Ø 14 mm

6 = Ø 15 mm

8 = ø 3/8“

9 = ø 1/2“

112 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Absolute encoder – multi-turn Technical data

Sendix F5868/F5888 Profinet Power supply 10…30 V dc

Interface Profinet IO
• House diameter Ø58 mm Resolution singleturn 1…65535 (16 bit), scalable, default: 8192 (13 bit)

• Profinet Revolutions (multiturn) Max. 4096 (12 bit), scalable only via the total resolution

Shaft load capacity Radial 80 N, axial 40 N


• Safety-Lock ™
Protection Housing side IP67, shaft side IP65, opt. IP67
• High protection class
Working temperature range -40…+85 °C

Part number
5 8 6 8 . X X C 2 . C 2 1 2
A B C D E
A Flange C Interface/power supply E Fieldbus profile

1 = clamping flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm C = PROFINET IO/10…30 V dc C2 = PROFINET IO

3 = clamping flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm D Type of connection

2 = synchro flange, IP65 Ø 58 mm removable bus terminal cover

4 = synchro flange, IP67 Ø 58 mm 2 = 3 x M12 connector, 4-pin

5 = square flange, IP65 63.5 mm

7 = square flange, IP67 63.5 mm

B Shaft (Ø x L), with flat

1 = 6 x 10 mm

2 = 10 x 20 mm

3 = 1/4“ x 7/8“

4 = 3/8“ x 7/8“

Part number
5 8 8 8 . X X C 2 . C 2 1 2
A B C D E
A Flange C Interface/power supply E Fieldbus profile

1 = with spring element, long, IP65 C = PROFINET IO/10…30 V dc C2 = PROFINET IO

2 = with spring element, long, IP67 D Type of connection

3 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 65 mm removable bus terminal cover

4 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 65 mm 2 = 3 x M12 connector, 4-pin

5 = with stator coupling, IP65 Ø 63 mm

6 = with stator coupling, IP67 Ø 63 mm

B Blind hollow shaft

3 = Ø 10 mm

4 = Ø 12 mm

5 = Ø 14 mm

6 = Ø 15 mm

8 = Ø 3/8“

9 = Ø 1/2“

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 113


Encoders

Absolute encoder – multi-turn Technical data

Sendix 5863FS3/5883FS3 Power supply 5 V DC (±5 %) or 10 ... 30 V DC

Interface SSi/BiSS

Resolution singleturn 10…14 bit & 17 bit


• House diameter Ø58 mm Revolutions (multiturn) 4096 (12 bit)

• SSI/BiSS with incremental Shaft load capacity Radial 80 N, axial 40 N

Protection IP65
• Sin/Cos output
Working temperature range -40…+90 °C
• SIL 3

• Enhanced Safety-Lock ™ design

Part number – Shaft version 5 8 6 3 F S 3 . 1 X X X . X X 2 X


A B C D E F G H

A Flange D Type of connection F Resolution

1 = clamping flange, IP65, Ø 58 mm 1 = axial cable, 1 m PVC A = 10 bit ST + 12 bit MT

B Shaft (Ø x L) A = axial cable, special length PVC 0 1 = 11 bit ST + 12 bit MT

2 = 10 x 20 mm, with flat 2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC 2 = 12 bit ST + 12 bit MT

A = 10 x 20 mm, with feather key B = radial cable, special length PVC 0 3 = 13 bit ST + 12 bit MT

C Interface/power supply 3 = axial M23 connector, 12-pin 4 = 14 bit ST + 12 bit MT

3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc 4 = radial M23 connector, 12-pin 7 = 17 bit ST + 12 bit MT

4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc Available special lengths (connection types A, B): G Input/output

2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m 2 = SET, DIR input

order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm H Options (service)

ex.: 8.5863FS3.124A.G322.0030 (for cable length 3 m) 1 = no option

E Code 2 = status LED

B = SSI, binary 3 = SET button and status LED

C = BiSS, binary

G = SSI, gray

Part number – Shaft version 5 8 8 3 F S 3 . X X X X . X X 2 X


A B C D E F G H

A Flange D Type of connection F Resolution

9 = with torque stop, flexible, IP65 2 = radial cable, 1 m PVC A = 10 bit ST + 12 bit MT

A = with torque stop set, rigid, IP65 B = radial cable, special length PVC 1 = 11 bit ST + 12 bit MT

B = with stator coupling, IP65, Ø 63 mm E = tangential cable, 1 m PVC 2 = 12 bit ST + 12 bit MT

B Hollow shaft F = tangential cable, special length PVC 3 = 13 bit ST + 12 bit MT

3 = Ø 10 mm 4 = radial M23 connector, 12 pin 4 = 14 bit ST + 12 bit MT

4 = Ø 12 mm Available special lengths (connection types B, F): 7 = 17 bit ST + 12 bit MT

5 = Ø 14 mm 2, 3, 5, 8, 10, 15 m G Input/output

K = Ø 10 mm, tapered shaft order code expansion .XXXX = length in dm 2 = SET, DIR input

C Interface/power supply ex.: 8.5883FS3.B44B.G322.0030 (for cable length 3 m) H Options (service)

3 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/5 V dc E Code 1 = no option

4 = SSI, BiSS + 2048 ppr. SinCos/10…30 V dc B = SSI, binary 2 = status LED

C = BiSS, binary 3 = SET button and status LED

G = SSI, gray

114 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Draw wire encoders Technical data

A50 Measuring range 250 mm 500 mm 1250 mm

Linearity analog ±0.15 % ±0.1 % ±0.1 %

• Max. measuring length 1250 mm Linearity with encoder ±0.05 % ±0.05 % ±0.05 %

Protection IP65
• -20 to +85 ° C
Output 0–10 V 4–20 mA 1 kΩ
• Titanium anodized aluminum
Power supply Max 30 V dc
• Compact overall dimensions Working temperature -20…+85 °C

Order no. Mounted encoder Interface Power supply Type of connection Resolution/Protocol

D8.6A1.0125.3642.1250 3610 (8.3610.2342.1250) Push-Pull with inv. signal 8…30 V dc radial cable 2 m 1250 ppr

D8.6A1.0125.M132.3312 Sendix M3661 Analog (4…20 mA) 10…30 V dc radial cable, 1 m


Scaleable up to
D8.6A1.0125.M142.4312 Sendix M3661 Analog (0…10 V) 10…30 V dc radial cable, 1 m 65536 revolutions with
limit switch function
D8.6A1.0125.M142.5312 Sendix M3661 Analog (0…5 V) 10…30 V dc radial cable, 1 m

D8.6A1.0125.M322.G222 Sendix M3663 SSI 10…30 V dc radial cable, 1 m 4096 ppr/SSI-Gray code
CANopen encoder profile
D8.6A1.0125.M822.G222 Sendix M3668 CANopen 10…30 V dc radial cable, 1 m
DS406 V4.0

Also available with 250 mm (0025) & 500 mm (0050) measuring range

Draw wire encoders


B80

• Max. measuring length 3000 mm

• -20 to +85 ° C

• Supports speeds up to 10 m/s

• Aluminum titananodiserat

Order no. Mounted encoder Interface Power supply Type of connection Resolution/Protocol Options
Sendix 5000
D8.4B1.0300.0054.2000 PushPull with inv. signal 10...30 V dc 1 x radial M12 connector 2000 ppr no option
(8.5000.8354.2000)
Sendix F5863
D8.4B1.0300.F324.G123 SSI 10…30 V dc 1 x radial M23 connector SSI-Gray-Code Set button/Status LED
(8.F5863.1224.G123)
Sendix 5863
D8.4B1.0300.6324.G123 SSI 10…30 V dc 1 x radial M23 connector SSI-Gray-Code Set button/Status LED
(8.5863.1224.G123)
Sendix F5868 CANopen encoder profile
D8.4B1.0300.F82E.2123 CANopen 10…30 V dc 1 x radial M12 connector Set button
(8.F5868.122E.2123) DS406 V3.2
Sendix 5868 CANopen encoder profile
D8.4B1.0300.6822.2123 CANopen 10…30 V dc 2 x radial M12 connector Set button
(8.5868.1222.2123) DS406 V3.2
Sendix 5868 PROFIBUS DP V0 encoder
D8.4B1.0300.6832.3113 Profibus 10…30 V dc 3 x radial M12 connector Set button
(8.5868.1232.3113) profile Class 2
Sendix 5868
D8.4B1.0300.68B2.B212 EtherCAT 10…30 V dc 3 x radial M12 connector EtherCAT with CoE 3.2.10 no option
(8.5868.12B2.B212)
Sendix 5868
D8.4B1.0300.68C2.C212 Profinet 10…30 V dc 3 x radial M12 connector PROFINET encoder profile V 4.1 no option
(8.5868.12C2.C212)

Also available with 1000 mm (0100) & 2000 mm (0200) measuring range

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 115


Encoders

Draw wire encoders


C120

• Max. measuring length 6000 mm

• -20 to +85 ° C

• Supports speeds up to 10 m/s

• Aluminum titananodiserat

Order no. Mounted encoder Interface Power supply Type of connection Resolution/Protocol Options
Sendix 5000
D8.4C1.0600.0054.2000 PushPull with inv. signal 10...30 V dc 1 x radial M12 connector 2000 ppr no option
(8.5000.8354.2000)
Sendix F5863
D8.4C1.0600.F324.G123 SSI 10…30 V dc 1 x radial M23 connector SSI-Gray-Code Set button/Status LED
(8.F5863.1224.G123)
Sendix 5863
D8.4C1.0600.6324.G123 SSI 10…30 V dc 1 x radial M23 connector SSI-Gray-Code Set button/Status LED
(8.5863.1224.G123)
Sendix F5868 CANopen encoder profile
D8.4C1.0600.F82E.2123 CANopen 10…30 V dc 1 x radial M12 connector Set button
(8.F5868.122E.2123) DS406 V3.2
Sendix 5868 CANopen encoder profile
D8.4C1.0600.6822.2123 CANopen 10…30 V dc 2 x radial M12 connector Set button
(8.5868.1222.2123) DS406 V3.2
Sendix 5868 PROFIBUS DP V0 encoder
D8.4C1.0600.6832.3113 Profibus 10…30 V dc 3 x radial M12 connector Set button
(8.5868.1232.3113) profile Class 2
Sendix 5868
D8.4C1.0600.68B2.B212 EtherCAT 10…30 V dc 3 x radial M12 connector EtherCAT with CoE 3.2.10 no option
(8.5868.12B2.B212)
Sendix 5868
D8.4C1.0600.68C2.C212 Profinet 10…30 V dc 3 x radial M12 connector PROFINET encoder profile V 4.1 no option
(8.5868.12C2.C212)

Draw wire encoders


D135

• Max. measuring length 6000 mm


• -20 to +85 ° C
• Supports speeds up to 10 m/s
• Aluminum titananodiserat

Order no. Mounted encoder Interface Power supply Type of connection Resolution/Protocol Options
Sendix 5000
D8.4D1.1000.0054.2000 PushPull with inv. signal 10...30 V dc 1 x radial M12 connector 2000 ppr no option
(8.5000.8354.2000)
Sendix F5863
D8.4D1.1000.F324.G123 SSI 10…30 V dc 1 x radial M23 connector SSI-Gray-Code Set button/Status LED
(8.F5863.1224.G123)
Sendix 5863
D8.4D1.1000.6324.G123 SSI 10…30 V dc 1 x radial M23 connector SSI-Gray-Code Set button/Status LED
(8.5863.1224.G123)
Sendix F5868 CANopen encoder profile
D8.4D1.1000.F82E.2123 CANopen 10…30 V dc 1 x radial M12 connector Set button
(8.F5868.122E.2123) DS406 V3.2
Sendix 5868 CANopen encoder profile
D8.4D1.1000.6822.2123 CANopen 10…30 V dc 2 x radial M12 connector Set button
(8.5868.1222.2123) DS406 V3.2
Sendix 5868 PROFIBUS DP V0 encoder
D8.4D1.1000.6832.3113 Profibus 10…30 V dc 3 x radial M12 connector Set button
(8.5868.1232.3113) profile Class 2
Sendix 5868
D8.4D1.1000.68B2.B212 EtherCAT 10…30 V dc 3 x radial M12 connector EtherCAT with CoE 3.2.10 no option
(8.5868.12B2.B212)
Sendix 5868
D8.4D1.1000.68C2.C212 Profinet 10…30 V dc 3 x radial M12 connector PROFINET encoder profile V 4.1 no option
(8.5868.12C2.C212)
Also available with 8000 mm (0800), 10000 mm (1000) 12000 mm (1200) 15000 mm (1500) 20000 mm (2000) 25000 mm (2500) 30000 mm (3000) 35000 mm (3500)
40000 mm (4000) 42500 mm (4250) measuring range

Mini measuring system Technical data

Maximum sspeed 2000 min

Protection acc to EN 60529 IP64

• Compact overall dimensions Output circuit Push-pull with inverted signal

Power supply 8…30 V dc


• Complete solution
Current ≤ 20 mA
• 0.1 mm resolution Load channel max 20 mA

• IP64 Output frequency max ≥ 100 kHz

Part number
0 5 . 2 4 0 0 . 0 0 4 0 . 1 0 0 0 . 5 0 X X
A
Resolution Cable outlet A Measuring wheel

0.1 mm Radial cable, 2 m PVC 45 = knurled aluminium; 49 = rubber, Shure hardness 60

116 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Magnetic measuring system Technical data

Lime L120 magnetic band B1 Sensor head Limes L120

Output circuit Push-Pull RS422

• Resolution up to 0.01mm Power supply 4.8…30 V DC 4.8…26 V DC

• Contact metrology Output signal A, A, B, B , 0, 0


Gap sensor head/
0.1…1.0 mm, recommended 0.4 mm
• Status LED magnetic band
Working temperature -20…+80°C
• IP67 - insensitive to chips, oil, water, etc.
Protection Model 1 IP67; model 2 IP68/IP69

2 m PUR 8 x 0.14 mm2 shielded,


Cable
may be used in trailing cable installations

Magnetic band Limes B1

Dimensions Width 10 mm, thickness1.97 mm incl. masking tape

-20…+80°C,
Working temperature
-20…+65°C (when mounted solely with adhesive tape)

0.1 m (to receive an optimal result of measurement,


Measuring the magnetic band should be ca. 0.1 m longer
than the desired measuring length)

Bending radius ≥ 150 mm (when mounted solely with adhesive tape)

Part number
L 1 2 0 . X 1 X 1 . 2 X X X
A B C D E F
A Model C Output circuit/power supply E Reference signal

1 = IP67, standard 1 = RS422/4.8…26 V dc 2 = index periodic

2 = IP68/IP69k and humidity tested 2 = Push-Pull/4.8…30 V dc F Code (resolution)

B Pulse edge interval D Type of connection 005 = 100 μm

1 = standard 1 = cable, 2 m PUR 020 = 25 μm

050 = 10 μm

Part number
B 1 . 1 0 . 0 1 0 . X X X X
A B
A Width B Length

10 = 10 mm 0010 = 1m 0060 = 6 m

0020 = 2 m 0100 = 10 m

0040 = 4 m 0200 = 20 m

0050 = 5 m

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 117


Encoders

Magnetic measuring system Technical data

Lime L150 magnetic band B2 Sensor head Limes L150

Output circuit Push-Pull RS422

• Resolution up to 0.005 mm Power supply 4.8…30 V DC 4.8…26 V DC

• Contact metrology Output signal A, A, B, B , 0, 0


Gap sensor head/
0.1…2.0 mm, recommended 1.0 mm
• Status LED magnetic band
Working temperature -20…+80°C
• IP67 - insensitive to chips, oil, water, etc.
Protection Model 1 IP67; model 2 IP68/IP69

2 m PUR 8 x 0.14 mm2 shielded,


Cable
may be used in trailing cable installations

Magnetic band Limes B2

Dimensions Width 10 mm, thickness1.97 mm incl. masking tape

-20…+80°C,
Working temperature
-20…+65°C (when mounted solely with adhesive tape)

0.1 m (to receive an optimal result of measurement,


Measuring the magnetic band should be ca. 0.1 m longer
than the desired measuring length)

Bending radius ≥ 150 mm (when mounted solely with adhesive tape)

Part number
L 1 5 0 . X 1 X 1 . 2 X X X
A B C D E F
A Model C Output circuit/power supply E Reference signal

1 = IP67, standard 1 = RS422/4.8…26 V dc 2 = index periodic

2 = IP68/IP69k and humidity tested 2 = Push-Pull/4.8…30 V dc F Code (resolution)

B Pulse edge interval D Type of connection 050 = 25 μm

1 = standard 1 = cable, 2 m PUR 250 = 5 μm

Part number
B 2 . 1 0 . 0 1 0 . X X X X
A B
A Width B Length

10 = 10 mm 0010 = 1m 0060 = 6 m

0020 = 2 m 0100 = 10 m

0040 = 4 m 0200 = 20 m

0050 = 5 m

118 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Absolute magnetic measuring system Technical data

Lime LA10 magnetic band BA1 Power supply 10 ... 30 V DC ±10%

Gap sensor head/ 0.01…0.2 mm including masking tape,


magnetic band (recommended 0.2 mm)
• High resolution 1μm
System accuracy at 20°C max. ± (10 + 20 x L) μ m L = measuring length in meters
• Max measuring length 8 m Repeat accuracy ±1 increment

• Temp range -10…+70 °C Resolution 0.001 mm


CAN High-Speed acc. to ISO 11898, Basic and Full CAN,
• SSI or CANopen interface Interface
CAN specification 2.0 B
Working temperature -10… +70 °C (non condensing)

Protection IP64

Type of connection (standard) M12 connector, 12 pin


SinCos reading10 m/s
Max. traverse speed
permanent absolute positions reading1 m/s
Magnetic band Limes BA1

Dimensions Width 10 mm, thickness1.97 mm incl. masking tape

-20…+70°C,
Working temperature
-20…+65°C (when mounted solely with adhesive tape)

0.1 m (to receive an optimal result of measurement,


Measuring the magnetic band should be ca. 0.1 m longer
than the desired measuring length)

Bending radius ≥ 150 mm (when mounted solely with adhesive tape)

Part number
L A 1 0 . 1 2 X 2
A B C D
A Model C Output circuit/Power supply D Type of connection

1 = IP64, standard 1 = SSI, 25 bit Gray-Code/10…30 V dc 2 = standard, M12 connector, 12 pin

B baud rate 2 = SSI, 25 bit Gray-Code, SinCos 1 Vpp/10…30 V dc

2 = standard 3 = CANopen, without bus terminating resistor/10…30 V dc

(CANopen, 250 k) 4 = CANopen, with bus terminating resistor/10…30 V dc

5=C
 ANopen, SinCos 1 Vpp, without bus terminating
resistor/10…30 V dc

6=C
 ANopen, SinCos 1 Vpp, with bus terminating resis-
tor/10…30 V dc

Part number
B A 1 . 1 0 . 0 1 0 . X X X X
A B
A Width B Length

10 = 10 mm 0005 = 0.5 m 0040 = 4 m

0010 = 1 m 0060 = 6 m

0020 = 2 m 0080 = 8 m

0030 = 3 m

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 119


Encoders

Absolute magnetic measuring system Technical data

Lime LA50 magnetic band BA5 Power supply 10 ... 30 V DC ±10%

Gap sensor head/ 0.01…0.2 mm including masking tape,


magnetic band (recommended 0.2 mm)
• High resolution 0.01 mm
System accuracy at 20°C max. ± (150 + 20 x L) μm L = measuring length in meters
• Max measuring length 20 m Repeat accuracy ±10 μm

• Temp range -10…+70 °C Resolution 0.001 mm


CAN High-Speed acc. to ISO 11898, Basic and Full CAN,
Interface
• SSI or CANopen interface CAN specification 2.0 B
Working temperature -10… +70 °C (non condensing)

Protection IP40

Type of connection (standard) M12 connector, 12 pin

Max. traverse speed 4 m/s

Magnetic band Limes BA5

Dimensions Width 20 mm, thickness 1.8 mm incl. masking tape

Working temperature -20…+70°C,

100 mm in order to obtain an optimal measuring result,


Additional length the magnetic band should be about 0.1 m longer than the
required measuring length

Bending radius ≥ 150 mm

Part number
L A 5 0 . 1 2 X 1
A B C D
A Model C Output circuit/Power supply D Type of connection

1 = IP64, standard 1 = SSI 25 bit/10…30 V dc 1 = cable, 1.5 m PUR

B baud rate 3 = CANopen/10…30 V dc

2 = standard

(CANopen, 250 k)

Part number
B A 5 . 2 0 . 0 1 0 . X X X X
A B
A Width B Length

20 = 20 mm 0010 = 1 m 0060 = 6 m

0020 = 2 m 0100 = 10 m

0040 = 4 m 0200 = 20 m

0050 = 5 m

120 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Inclinometer Technical data

IS40 1­– dimensional Power supply 10…30 V dc

Voltage output 0.1…4.9 V dc short-circuit protected to +V

• High resolution and accuracy Current output 4…20 mA

Measuring range 0…360°


• Compact design
≤ 0.2 % of measuring range
Repeat accuracy
≤ 0.1 % after a warm-up period of 30 min
• M12 connection
Resolution ≤ 0.14°
• Current or voltage output Protection IP68/IP69k

Connection M12 connector

Working temperature -30°C…+70°C

Part number
I S 4 0 . 1 4 X 2 1
A B C D E
A Measuring direction C Interface E Type of connection

1 = 1-dimensional 1 = 4 ... 20 mA 1 = M12 connector

B Measuring range 3 = 0.1 ... 4.9 V DC

4 = 0 ... 360° D Power supply

2 = 10 ... 30 V DC

Inclinometer Technical data

IS40 2 ­– dimensional Power supply 5 V dc ±0.25 V or 10…30 V dc (depending on version)

Voltage output

• Degree of protection IP67 at +V 10 ... 30 V dc 0.1…4.9 V short-circuit protected to

at +V 5 V dc 2…98 % ratiometric (in relation to +V)


• Rugged, compact design
Current output 4…20 mA
• M12 connection Measuring range ±10°, ±45°, ±60°
• Dimensional measurement Repeat accuracy
≤ 0.2 % of measuring range,
≤ 0.1 % after a warm-up period of 30 min
for version ±10° 0.3°
Absolute accuracy
for version ±45° and ±60° 0.5°
Protection IP68/IP69k

Connection M12 connector

Working temperature -30…+70°C

Part number
I S 4 0 . 2 X X X 1
A B C D E
A Measuring direction C Interface D Power supply

2 = 2-dimensional x/y 1 = 4…20 mA 1 = 5 V dc

B Measuring range 3 = 0.1…4.9 V dc 2 = 10…30 V dc

1 = ±10° 4 = ratiometric 2 %…98 % (5 V dc supply only) E Type of connection

2 = ±45° 1 = M12 connector

3 = ±60°

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 121


Encoders

Inclinometer Technical data

IS60 1­– dimensional CANopen Power supply 10…30 V dc

Interface CANopen according to CiA DS-301, Profile to CiA DSP-410

• High resolution and accuracy 10 kbit/s, 20 kbit/s, 50 kbit/s, 125 kbit/s, 250 kbit/s,
Data rates
500 kbit/s, 800 kbit/s, 1 Mbit/s
• Compact design
Measuring range 360° no limit stop-
• M12 connection Accuracy Max ±0.4°

• Current or voltage output Resolution 0.1°

Protection IP68/IP69k

Connection CAN M12 connector, 5 pin

Working temperature -40°C…+80°C

Part number
I S 6 0 . 1 4 5 2 3
A B C D E
A Measuring direction C Interface E Type of connection

1 = 1-dimensional 5 = CANopen 1 = M12 connector

B Measuring range D Power supply

4 = 360° 2 = 10…30 V dc

Inclinometer Technical data

IS60 2– dimensional CANopen Power supply 10…30 V dc

Interface CANopen according to CiA DS-301, Profile to CiA DSP-410

• Degree of protection IP67 Measuring range ±10°, ±45°, ±60°

Calibration accuracy at 25 °C ±0.1° (Zero point and final values)


• Rugged, compact design
Resolution 0.1°
• M12 connection
Protection IP68/IP69k
• Dimensional measurement Connection CAN M12 connector, 5 pin

Working temperature -40°C…+80 °C

Part number
I S 6 0 . 2 X 5 2 3
A B C D E
A Measuring direction C Interface E Type of connection

2 = 2-dimensional 5 = CANopen 3 = 2 x M12 connector

B Measuring range D Power supply

1 = ±10° 2 = 10…30 V dc

2 = ±45°

3 = ±60°

122 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Accessories

Cable connectors Technical data

M23 cable connectors to incremental angular sensor

Cable Type PVC PUR


10 x 0.14 mm² +
Cable Number 12 x 0.14 mm²
2 x 0.5 mm²
Working temperature mobile installation -5…+70 °C -30…+70 °C

fixed installation -30…+80 °C -40…+80 °C

Bending radius mobile installation Min. 100 mm Min. 70 mm

fixed installation Min. 100 mm Min. 55 mm

Total cable diameter Ca. 6.5 mm Ca. 6.9 mm

M23 cable connectors to absolute angular sensor

Cable Type 0000.6741… 6901…


6 x 2 x 0.14 mm² +
Cable Number 18 x 0.14 mm²
2 x 0.5 mm²
Working temperature mobile installation -5…+70 °C -5…+70 °C

fixed installation -30…+80 °C -30…+80 °C

Bending radius mobile installation Min. 100 mm Min. 110 mm

fixed installation Min. 100 mm Min. 75 mm

Total cable diameter Ca. 7.8 mm Ca. 7.3 mm

M12 cable connectors 8-pin for incremental encoders

Order number Description

808S00P19M020 Cable plug straight, 8-pin, M12 female with 2 m shielded, PUR cable

808S00P19M050 Cable plug straight, 8-pin, M12 female with 5 m shielded, PUR cable

808S00P19M100 Cable plug straight, 8-pin, M12 female with 10 m shielded, PUR cable

808S00P19M200 Cable plug straight, 8-pin, M12 female with 20 m shielded, PUR cable

808S01P19M020 Cable connector angled 90 °, 8-pin, M12 female with 2 m shielded, PUR cable

808S01P19M100 Cable connector angled 90 °, 8-pin, M12 female with 10 m shielded, PUR cable

CMB 8181-0 M12 connector, straight, 8-pin, female, screw connection

CMBS 8181-0 M12 connector, straight, 8-pin, male, screw connection

M23 cable connectors 12 pin for incremental encoders

Order number Description

0000.6901.0003 Cable connector, female, 12-pin, 3 m PVC cable (RS422)

0000.6101.0005 Cable connector, female, 12-pin, 5 m PUR cable

0000.6101.0010 Cable connector, female, 12-pin, 10 m PUR cable

0000.5012.0000 Connector, female, 12-pin, soldered

0000.5015.0001 Connector, male, 12-pin, soldered

M23 cable connectors for absolute coded sensor

Order number Description

0000.6741.0005 Cable connector, female, 17-pin, 5 m PVC cable

0000.6741.0010 Cable connector, female, 17-pin, 10 m PVC cable

0000.5012.0000 Connector, female, 12-pin, soldered

6901.0005.0031 Cable connector, female, 12-pin, 5 m PVC cable

6901.0010.0031 Cable connector, female, 12-pin, 10 m PVC cable

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 123


Encoders

Isolation insert
15 mm hollow shaft

• Simple change

• Hollow shaft

• Increases the temperature range

Order number Description

0010.4021.0000 Insulation insert for encoders 15-6 mm

0010.4020.0000 Insulation insert for encoders 15-8 mm

0010.4023.0000 Insulation insert for the pulse sensors 15 to 10 mm

0010.4025.0000 Insulation insert for the pulse sensors 15 to 12 mm

Bracket

Rectangular Bracket
flange

Order number Description

0010.7000.0004 Spring Angle angle sensors with 58 mm clamping flange

0010.7000.0001 Rack 1 000x20x5 mm

0010.7000.0006 Gears 10 mm to rack

0010.2100.0000 Rectangular flange for shaft encoders 58xx / 5000 compression flange

0010.2300.0000 Bracket for shaft encoders with clamping flange

Bearing box Technical data

Max load Radial 250 N; axial 150 N

Max rev/min 4000

Protection class IP65

Material Aluminium

Order number Description

0010.8200.000 4 bearing box for clamping flange and shaft 10x20 mm

124 ENCODERS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Encoders

Measuring wheel

Contact material

A Knurled aluminium

B Nopprad rubber

C Knurled plastic

D Smooth plastic

Order number Circumference/diameter Material surface/wheel body

0000.3217.0006 Wheels, 200/6 mm, knurled aluminum Knurled aluminum / aluminum

0000.3217.0010 fifth wheel, 200/10 mm, knurled aluminum knurled aluminum / aluminum

0000.3247.0006 Wheels, 200/6 mm, smooth plastic Smoothing plastic / plastic

0000.3247.0010 fifth wheel, 200/10 mm, smooth plastic Smoothing plastic / plastic

0000.3297.0006 Wheels, 200/6 mm grooved plastic knurled plastic / plastic

0000.3297.0010 fifth wheel, 200/10 mm grooved plastic knurled plastic / plastic

0000.3517.0010 fifth wheel, 500/10 mm, knurled aluminum knurled aluminum / aluminum

0000.3547.0010 fifth wheel, 500/10 mm, smooth plastic Smoothing plastic / plastic

0000.3567.0010 fifth wheel, 500/10 mm, nopprad rubber Nopprad rubber / plastics

0000.3597.0010 fifth wheel, 500/10 mm grooved plastic knurled plastic / plastic

Stator coupling Spring arm

Order number Description Order number Description

0010.40L0.0000 Stator Coupling 5020/587X/588 X incl 2 screw 0010.7000.0010 Spring arm

0010.40E0.0000 Montage tin with arm hollow shaft angle encoder type 5020/587X/588 X

Mounting kit

Order number Description

0010.4600.0000 Mounting kit angle sensor incl. stick/plate/torque peak

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk ENCODERS 125


Micro switches

126 MICRO SWITCHES For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


General information 128

V4 129

Tight V5 IP67 129

Double breaking miniature 130

Double breaking 83106 130

V3 131

Forced breaking V3 131

Tight V4 IP67 132

Microswitch, tight V3 IP67 132

Microswitch 83 123 133

Series 83 731/83 732/83 733 133

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk MICRO SWITCHES 127


Micro switches

General information
Mechanical forces

Terminology - Forces - Positions - Travel

OF TTF RF

OT
Position of pushbutton

PT

DT
RP TP OL RLP
NC
Electrical
circuit

NO
OF Operating Force TTF Total travel force RF Release force

Force required to displace the operating Force to which the operating force must
Minimum operating force which must be
device from its rest position RP to its be reduced to allow the snap-action
applied to the operating device to displace overtravel limit position (we only specify
the rest position RP to the tripping point mechanism to return to its release
this value if it is higher than the operating position RLP.
Forces

TP. force. When not quoted, it is equal to or


less than the operating force).
MOF Maximum overtravel force
The maximum force which can be applied
to the operating device, without damaging
it, in the end of travel position where it is
in abutment internally or against the face
of the case.

RP Rest position TP Tripping point OL Overtravel limit RP Release position


Positions

Position of the operating device


Position of the operating device relative to Position of the operating device when Moment when the snap-action
when no external mechanical force
the fixing point (hole, face) at the moment an extreme force has moved it to the mechanism trips on its return to its
is applied. Also described as «height
when the microswitch trips. effective end of the available travel. original position.
at rest».

PT Pre-travel OT Overtravel DT Differential travel


Travel

Distance between the rest position RP Distance between the tripping point TP Distance between the tripping point TP
and the tripping point TP. and the overtravel limit OL. and the release position RLP.

The reference point for the figures given for travel and forces is a point F situated on the plunger in the case of a plain microswitch, or, generally, 3 mm in from the end of a plain lever.
The reference point for the positions is one of the fixing holes, unless otherwise indicated.

Micro-switch construction

Single-pole changeover microswitch (e.g. “V3” 83 161)

Plunger

Case Fixing hole Electrical function


Changeover
2
1 4

NC terminal n°2
Normally closed
Return spring Mobile contact
1 2
Fixed contact

Fixing hole NO terminal n°4


Normally open
1 4

Common terminal C n°1

Pivot point

Blade

Double-pole changeover microswitch (e.g. 83 132 0)

Plunger
Blade
Case Fixed contact Electrical function
Changeover

3 4
1 2
NO terminal n°3 NO terminal n°4

Mobile contact Normally closed


NC terminal n°1 NC terminal n°2
1 2

Normally open
Fixing hole Fixing hole 1 4

Return spring

The NO and NC circuits must both be of the same polarity.

128 MICRO SWITCHES For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Micro switches

V4 Standard Multicurrent
Multicurrent
Technical data low power
83 170 0 83 170 8
• Load 0.1-10 A 250 V ac 83 170 9

• Minimum load 1 mA 4 V dc Rated current 250 V ac (A) 10 0.1 0.1

Max operating power (N) 1.5 1.5 0.6


• Available with sponge trigger
Max standby (mm) 9.2 9.2 9.2
• Control arm can be fitted in two positions
Operating point (mm) 8.4 ± 0.3
8.4 ± 0.3
8.4 ±0.3

Max hysterisis (mm) 0.15 0.15 0.15

Ambient operating temp -20…+125 °C -20…+125 °C -20…+125 °C

Part number Description Connection Contact function

83170002 Microswitch standard 10 A W2 Changeover

83170008 Microswitch standard 10 A x1 Changeover

83170902 Microswitch low current 0.1 A W2 Changeover

83170802 Microswitch low current 0.1 A W2 Changeover

Operating arm
17 0A 17 0E 170 F

Part number Description Radius (mm)

79253327 Flat arm 170A 18.3

79253326 Flat arm 170A 24

79253328 Flat arm 170A 41

79218454 Arm with roller 170E 20

79253329 Arm with simulated roller 170F 19.5

Tight V5 IP67 Technical data 83 200 Standard 83 201 Multicurrent

• Long overtravel 2 mm Rated current 5 V dc (A) – 0.001…0.1

Rated current 14 V dc (A) 0.1…2 0.001…0.1


• Impact angle up to 45°

Rated current 250 V dc (A) 0.1…2 –


• Rated current from 1 mA/5 V to 2 A 14 V
Max operating power (N) 1.5 1.5

Max standby (mm) 11.2 11.2

Operating point (mm) 10.5±0.2 10.5±0.2

Max hysterisis (mm) 0.15 0.15

Ambient temperature operation -40…+90 °C -40…+90 °C

For ordering and order numbers, please call 0116 284 9900

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk MICRO SWITCHES 129


Micro switches

Double breaking miniature Technical data 83 132 0 83 133 0

Rated current 250 V ac (A) 5 5

Max operating power (N) 1.6 1.6

• Double breaking function Max standby (mm) 8.45 8.45

Operating point (mm) 7.7±0.2 7.7±0.2


• Two-pole microswitch
Max hysterisis (mm) 0.45 0.45
• Connections in three different directions
Ambient operating temp -20…+125 °C -20…+125 °C
• Option of actuating several switches in the
same control movement

Part number Description Connection Contact function

83132030 2-pole Microswitch connection side W2 Changeover

83133035 2-pole Microswitch Connection down W2 Changeover

Operating arm

Part number Description Radius (mm)

70514175 54A 14.75

70514194 54A 35.75

70514181 54E 7.5

70514182 54E 14.1

Double breaking 83106


Technical data 83 106 0 Standard

Rated current 250 V ac (A) 5


• 2-pole function Max operating power (N) 4

• Breaking and terminating contacts Max standby (mm) 12.75

• Spring-loaded or bistable Operating point (mm) 11.45±0.2-0.25

Max hysterisis (mm) 0.5±0.2


• Operating temperature -40…+85 °C
Ambient operating temp -40…+85 °C

Part number Description Connection Contact function

83106022 Microswitch standard 5 A W3 1 NO+1 NC

Operating arm

Type A

Part number Description Radius (mm)

70500888 Control arm type A 49

Lever cross-section 1 x 6.4 mm

130 MICRO SWITCHES For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Micro switches

V3 Technical data
High power Standard Low power Multicurrent
83 161 1 83 161 3 83 161 5 83 161 8

Rated current 250 V ac (A) 16 16 4 0.1

Max operating power (N) 3 0.8 0.25 0.8


• Rated data 0.1 A to 20 A/250 V ac Max standby (mm) 16.1 16.3 16.3 16.2

• Operating temperature up to +125 °C Operating point (mm) 14.7±0.4 14.7±0.3 14.7±0.4 14.7±0.3

Max hysterisis (mm) 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35


• Compliant with standards EN 61058
Ambient operating temp -20…+125 °C
and UL 1054

• Four different control arm options

Part number Description Connection Contact function

83161102 Microswitch high power 16 A 3 N W2 Changeover

83161118 Microswitch high power 16 A 3 N W3 Changeover

83161338 Microswitch standard 16 A 0.8 N W3 Changeover

83161304 Microswitch standard 16 A 0.8 N W6A5 Changeover

83161501 Microswitch low power 4 A 0.25 N W3 Changeover

83161806 Microswitch low current 0.1 A 0.8 N W3 Changeover

Operating arm
16 1 E
6.3 Part number Description Radius (mm)

R
79215740 Flat arm 161A 14.2

8 70507524 Flat arm 161A 25.4


Ø4.8
3.4

79215742 Arm with roller 161E 13.6

70507529 Arm with roller 161E 24.1

70507528 Angled arm 161F 22.2

79218651 Arm with simulated roller 161G 21.8

79250370 Housing 161J for flat pin W3R5 

161L cannot be
ordered loose as
an accessory
Housing 161 J for connections W3 R5 but has to be
factory-fitted.

Thread
Total travel

Forced breaking V3 Technical data


83 160 7 A+ 83 160 7 A+
breaking contact (NC) Changeover contact (CO)

Rated current 250 V ac (A) 6 6

Max operating power (N) 4 4


• Moment contact with
Max standby (mm) 15.7 15.7
forced breaking function
Operating point (mm) 14.8±0.3 14.8±0.3
• Self-cleaning contacts Ambient operating temp -40…+85 °C -40…+85 °C

• Working temperature up to +125 °C The microswitch with Changeover contact is compliant only with EN 60947.5.1 as only the
normally closed (NC) terminal is used. The control principle of the microswitch forces the
• Compliant with EN 60947.5.1 contact to break even if it welds together (forced breaking).

Part number Description Connection Contact function

83160704 Forced breaking microswitch 6 A W3 Changeover

83160703 Forced breaking microswitch 6 A W3 NC

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk MICRO SWITCHES 131


Micro switches

Tight V4 IP67 Technical data 83 181 Multicurrent 83 186 Standard

Rated current 250 V ac (A) 0.1 6

• IP67 Max operating power (N) 2.5 2.5

Max standby (mm) 9.3 9.3


• Nominal rated current from
Operating point (mm) 8.4±0.3 8.4±0.3
0.1 A to 10 A/250 V ac
Max hysterisis (mm) 0.1 0.1
• Min. rated current 1 mA/4 V dc
Ambient temperature for switches
-40…+125 °C -40…+125 °C
• Two possible control arm installation with pins, operation

positions Ambient temperature for switches


-40…+105 °C -40…+105 °C
with cable, operation

Part number Description Connection/cable Contact function

83186001 Microswitch standard 6 A W2S Changeover

83186003 Microswitch standard 6 A 0.5 m conducter output right Changeover

83186004 Microswitch standard 6 A 0.5 m conducter output left Changeover

83186005 Microswitch standard 6 A 0.5 m conducter output down Changeover

83181001 Microswitch low current 1 mA/6 A W2S Changeover

83181013 Microswitch low current 1 mA/6 A 0.5 m cable output left Changeover

Operating arm

Flat arm 170A Arm with roller 170E Arm with simulated roller 170F
Part number Description Radius (mm)

79253327 Flat arm 170A 18.3

79253326 Flat arm 170A 24

79218454 Arm with roller 170E 20

79253329 Arm with simulated roller 170F 19.5

Microswitch, tight V3, IP67 Technical data 83 169 0 Standard

Rated current 250 V ac (A) 8

• IP67 Max operating power (N) 4.5

Max standby (mm) 15.9


• Nominal rated current from 0.1 A to 10
A/250 V ac Operating point (mm) 14.7±0.5

Max hysterisis (mm) 0.35


• Lowest rated current 1 mA/4 V dc
Ambient operating temp -20…+85 °C
The picture shows • Cable output left or right
right output

Part number Description Cable Contact function

83169001 Microswitch standard 8 A Conductor 0.5 m output left Changeover

83169002 Microswitch standard 8 A Conductor 0.5 m output right Changeover

Operating arm
Part number Description Radius (mm)

79215740 Flat arm 161A 14.2

70507524 Flat arm 161A 25.4

79215742 Arm with roller 161E 13.6

70507529 Arm with roller 161E 24.1

70507528 Angled arm 161F 22.2

79218651 Arm with simulated roller 161G 21.8

132 MICRO SWITCHES For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Micro switches

Microswitch 83 123 Technical data 83 123 0 Standard

Rated current 250 V ac (A) 5

Max operating power (N) 7.5


• IP66
Operating point (mm) 11.4±0.4
• Extremely compact dimensions
Max hysterisis (mm) 0.2
• Supplied complete with cable and Ambient operating temp 0…+85 °C
mounting plate

Part number Description Cable length Contact function

83123018 Microswitch standard 5 A 0.5 m Changeover

83123005 Microswitch standard 5 A 2m Changeover

83123023 Microswitch standard 5 A 5m Changeover

Dimensions
83 123 S t an d ar d Materials included

Sleeve Nitrile

Contacts Silver
12,3

10,3

Contact carrier Polyamide


1

Installation plate Zinc treated steel


1 500 Cable PVC
32
26
20

24
6

16
49
71

1 22 hål
hole Ø3.2
Ø3.2

Series 83 731/83 732/83 733 Top-fitted Top-fitted Top-fitted


Technical data plunger plunger with plunger
• Adjustable fixing via counternut 83 731 3 roller 83 732 3 83 733 3

• IP66 Max voltage 250 V 250 V 250 V

Min operating power (N) 15 15 6

Min total motive force (N) 35 35 25

Protection class IP66 IP56 IP56

Temp range in operation -5…+70 °C -5…+70 °C -5…+70 °C

Part number Description Cable length Contact function

83731310 Limit position CO 5 A 250 V AC IP66 PVC cable 2M 2 metres Changeover

83732327 Limit switch with plunger and roller for IP56 2 metres Changeover

83733310 Limit position CO 5 A 250 V AC IP66 PVC cable 2M 2 metres Changeover

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk MICRO SWITCHES 133


Industrial connectors

Industrial connectors

134 INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Industrial connectors

M8 multi port distribution boxes, 3 pole & 4 pole 136

M8 single ended cordsets 138

M8 field attachable wireable connectors 139

M12 multi port distribution boxes, 5 pole 140

M12 single ended cordsets 142

M12 field attachable wireable connectors 143

M8 & M12 double ended jumper cables 144

M12 receptacles 145

Ultra-lock multi port distribution boxes, 5 pole 146

Ultra-lock single & double ended cordsets 147

Ultra-lock field attachable wireable connectors 148

Ultra-lock receptacles 149

RJ-Lnxx industrial RJ-45 ethernet connectors 150

Heavy duty connectors 152

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 135


Industrial connectors

M8 multi port distribution boxes, 3 pole & 4 pole


M8, 3 pole & M8, 4 pole

• 4, 6, 8, & 10 port M8

• 3 pole single I/O

• 4 pole twin I/O

• LED status indication

• Protected to IP68

• Compact rugged design

Technical data

Port Pin
3 pole single I/O 3 Pin Cable colour number number

Brown 1-10 1
Blue 1-10 3
White 1 4
Green 2 4
1 = Common +V
3 = Common 0V Yellow 3 4
4 = I/O P4
Grey 4 4
Pink 5 4
Red 6 4
Black 7 4
Violet 8 4
White/Blue 9 4
Brown/Blue 10 4

Port Pin
4 pole twin I/O 4 Pin Cable colour
number number

Brown 1-10 1
Blue 1-10 3
White 1 4
1 = Common +V
Green 2 4
2 = I/O P2
3 = Common 0V Yellow 3 4
4 = I/O P4
Grey 4 4
Pink 5 4
Red 6 4
Black 7 4
Violet 8 4
White/Blue 9 4
Brown/Blue 10 4
Grey/Pink 1 2
Red/Blue 2 2
White/Green 3 2
Brown/Green 4 2
White/Yellow 5 2
Yellow/Brown 6 2
White/Grey 7 2
Grey/Brown 8 2
White/Pink 9 2
Pink/Brown 10 2

136 INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Industrial connectors

Number of ports Dimension A (mm) Dimension B (mm)

4 79 95
6 104 120
8 129 145
10 154 170

Part number Description

BEB401P-FBW-05 4 port, 3 pole single I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable

BEB401P-FBW-10 4 port, 3 pole single I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable

BEB403P-FBW-05 4 port, 4 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable

BEB403P-FBW-10 4 port, 4 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable

BEB601P-FBW-05 6 port, 3 pole single I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable

BEB601P-FBW-10 6 port, 3 pole single I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable

BEB603P-FBW-05 6 port, 4 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable

BEB603P-FBW-10 6 port, 4 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable

BEB801P-FBW-05 8 port, 3 pole single I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable

BEB801P-FBW-10 8 port, 3 pole single I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable

BEB803P-FBW-05 8 port, 4 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable

BEB803P-FBW-10 8 port, 4 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable

BEBA01P-FBW-05 10 port, 3 pole single I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable

BEBA01P-FBW-10 10 port, 3 pole single I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable

BEBA03P-FBW-05 10 port, 4 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable

BEBA03P-FBW-10 10 port, 4 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 137


Industrial connectors

M8 single ended cordsets


M8

• Miniature size

• 3 & 4 wire systems

• Moulded heads: PVC

• Protected to IP67 (M8 screw only)

Wiring
Female Male
1. Brown 1. Brown
2. White 2. White
3. Blue 3. Blue
4. Black 4. Black

Technical data

M8 straight (snap)
Part number Description
503000E03M020 M8 3 pin female straight 2m PVC
503000E03M050 M8 3 pin female straight 5m PVC
504000E03M020 M8 4 pin female straight 2m PVC
504000E03M050 M8 4 pin female straight 5m PVC

M8 90º (snap)
Part number Description
503001E03M020 M8 3 pin female 90º 2m PVC
503001E03M050 M8 3 pin female 90º 5m PVC
504001E03M020 M8 4 pin female straight 2m PVC
504001E03M050 M8 4 pin female 90º 5m PVC

M8 straight (screw)
Part number Description
403000E03M020 M8 3 pin female straight 2m PVC
403000E03M050 M8 3 pin female straight 5m PVC
404000E03M020 M8 4 pin female straight 2m PVC
404000E03M050 M8 4 pin female straight 5m PVC

M8 90º (screw)
Part number Description
403001E03M020 M8 3 pin female 90º 2m PVC
403001E03M050 M8 3 pin female 90º 5m PVC
404001E03M020 M8 4 pin female 90º 2m PVC
404001E03M050 M8 4 pin female 90º 5m PVC

M8 straight (screw)
Part number Description
403001E03M020 M8 3 pin female 90º 2m PVC
403001E03M050 M8 3 pin female 90º 5m PVC
404001E03M020 M8 4 pin female 90º 2m PVC
404001E03M050 M8 4 pin female 90º 5m PVC

M8 90º (screw) Part number Description


403007E03M020 M8 3 pin male 90º 2m PVC
403007E03M050 M8 3 pin male 90º 5m PVC
404007E03M020 M8 4 pin male 90º 2m PVC
404007E03M050 M8 4 pin male 90º 5m PVC

138 INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Industrial connectors

M8 field attachable wireable connectors


M8

• M8

• 3 & 4 pin models available

• Straight & 90º options

• 40…+85ºC

Wiring
Female Male
1. Brown 1. Brown
2. White 2. White
3. Blue 3. Blue
4. Black 4. Black

Technical data

M8 straight female

Part number Description


N03FA03124 M8 3 pin female straight solder terminals
N04FA03124 M8 4 pin female straight solder terminals

M8 90º female

Part number Description


N03FA04124 M8 3 pin female 90º solder terminals
N04FA04124 M8 4 pin female 90º solder terminals

M8 straight male

Part number Description


N03MA03134 M8 3 pin male straight screw terminals
N03MA03124 M8 3 pin male straight solder terminals
N04MA03134 M8 4 pin male straight screw terminals
N04MA03124 M8 4 pin male straight solder terminals

M8 90º male

Part number Description


N03MA03124 M8 3 pin male 90º solder terminals
N04MA03124 M8 4 pin male 90º solder terminals
N03MA03124 M8 3 pin male 90º solder terminals
N04MA03124 M8 4 pin male 90º solder terminals

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 139


Industrial connectors

M12 multi port distribution boxes, 5 pole


M12, 5 pole

• 4 & 8 port M12

• 4 pole 4 wire single I/O

• 5 pole 5 wire twin I/O

• LED status indication

• Protected to IP68

Technical data

5 pole 4 wire single I/O Port Pin


4 Pin Cable colour number number

Brown 1-8 1
Blue 1-8 3
Green/Yellow 1-8 5
White 1 4
1 = Common +V
2 = Not connected Green 2 4
3 = Common 0V
Yellow 3 4
4 = I/O P4
5 = Common earth Grey 4 4
Pink 5 4
Red 6 4
Black 7 4
Violet 8 4

5 Pin Port Pin


Cable Colour
5 pole 5 wire twin I/O number number

Brown 1-8 1
Blue 1-8 3
Green Yellow 1-8 5
White 1 4
1 = Common +V
Green 2 4
2 = I/O P2
3 = Common 0V Yellow 3 4
4 = I/O P4
5 = Common earth Grey 4 4
Pink 5 4
Red 6 4
Black 7 4
Violet 8 4
Grey/Pink 1 2
Red/Blue 2 2
White/Green 3 2
Brown/Green 4 2
White/Yellow 5 2
Yellow/Brown 6 2
White/Grey 7 2
Grey/Brown 8 2

140 INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Industrial connectors

8 port
4 port

Part number Description

BTB400P-FBW-05 4 port, 4 pole single I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable


BTB400P-FBW-10 4 port, 4 pole single I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable
BTB405P-FBW-05 4 port, 5 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable
BTB405P-FBW-10 4 port, 5 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable

BTB800P-FBW-05 8 port, 4 pole single I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable


BTB800P-FBW-10 8 port, 4 pole single I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable
BTB805P-FBW-05 8 port, 5 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 5m PUR Cable
BTB805P-FBW-10 8 port, 5 pole Twin I/O, PNP output, 10m PUR Cable

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 141


Industrial connectors

M12 single ended cordsets


M12

• M12 screw connection

• Universal design

• Protected to IP68

• Wide range of options

Wiring
Female Male
1. Brown 1. Brown
2. White 2. White
3. Blue 3. Blue
4. Black 4. Black
5. Grey 5. Grey

Technical data

M12 straight (screw)


Part number Description
803000E03M050 M12 3 pin female straight 5m PVC
803000E03M100 M12 3 pin female straight 10m PVC
804000E03M050 M12 4 pin female straight 5m PVC
804000E03M100 M12 4 pin female straight 10m PVC
805000E03M050 M12 5 pin female straight 5m PVC
805000E03M100 M12 5 pin female straight 10m PVC

M12 90º (screw)


Part number Description
803001E03M050 M12 3 pin female 90º 5m PVC
803001E03M100 M12 3 pin female 90º 10m PVC
804001E03M050 M12 4 pin female 90º 5m PVC
804001E03M100 M12 4 pin female 90º 10m PVC
805001E03M050 M12 5 pin female 90º 5m PVC
805001E03M100 M12 5 pin female 90º 10m PVC

M12 straight (screw)


Part number Description
803006E03M050 M12 3 pin male straight 5m PVC
803006E03M100 M12 3 pin male straight 10m PVC
804006E03M050 M12 4 pin male straight 5m PVC
804006E03M100 M12 4 pin male straight 10m PVC
805006E03M050 M12 5 pin male straight 5m PVC
805006E03M100 M12 5 pin male straight 10m PVC

M12 90º (screw)


Part number Description
803007E03M050 M12 3 pin male 90º 5m PVC
803007E03M100 M12 3 pin male 90º 10m PVC
804007E03M050 M12 4 pin male 90º 5m PVC
804007E03M100 M12 4 pin male 90º 10m PVC
805007E03M050 M12 5 pin male 90º 5m PVC
805007E03M100 M12 5 pin male 90º 10m PVC

142 INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Industrial connectors

M12 field attachable wireable connectors


M12

• M12

• 4 & 5 pin models available

• Straight & 90º options

• -40…+85ºC

Wiring
Female Male
1. Brown 1. Brown
2. White 2. White
3. Blue 3. Blue
4. Black 4. Black
5. Grey 5. Grey

Technical data

M12 straight female

Part number Description


8A4000315 M12 4 pin female straight
8A5000315 M12 5 pin female straight

M12 90º female

Part number Description


8A4001315 M12 4 pin female 90º
8A5001315 M12 5 pin female 90º

M12 straight male

Part number Description


8A4006315 M12 4 pin male straight
8A5006315 M12 5 pin male straight

M12 90º male

Part number Description


8A4007315 M12 4 pin male 90º
8A5007315 M12 5 pin male 90º

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 143


Industrial connectors

M8 & M12 double ended jumper cables


M8 female straight to M8 male straight
Part number 3 pole Part number 4 pole

443030E03M006 (0.6m) 444030E03M006 (0.6m)


443030E03M010 (1m) 444030E03M010 (1m)
443030E03M020 (2m) 444030E03M020 (2m)
443030E03M030 (3m) 444030E03M030 (3m)
443030E03M050 (5m) 444030E03M050 (5m)

M8 female straight to M8 male 90º


Part number 3 pole Part number 4 pole

443032E03M006 (0.6m) 444032E03M006 (0.6m)


443032E03M010 (1m) 444032E03M010 (1m)
443032E03M020 (2m) 444032E03M020 (2m)
443032E03M030 (3m) 444032E03M030 (3m)
443032E03M050 (5m) 444032E03M050 (5m)

M8 female 90º to M8 male straight


Part number 3 pole Part number 4 pole

443031E03M006 (0.6 m) 444031E03M006 (0.6 m)


443031E03M010 (1 m) 444031E03M010 (1 m)
443031E03M020 (2 m) 444031E03M020 (2 m)
443031E03M030 (3 m) 444031E03M030 (3 m)
443031E03M050 (5 m) 444031E03M050 (5 m)

M12 female straight to M12 male straight


Part number 4 pole Part number 5 pole

884030E03M006 (0.6 m) 885030E03M006 (0.6 m)


884030E03M010 (1 m) 885030E03M010 (1 m)
884030E03M020 (2 m) 885030E03M020 (2 m)
884030E03M030 (3 m) 885030E03M030 (3 m)
884030E03M050 (5 m) 885030E03M050 (5 m)

M12 female straight to M12 male 90º


Part number 4 pole Part number 5 pole

884032E03M006 (0.6m) 885032E03M006 (0.6m)


884032E03M010 (1m) 885032E03M010 (1m)
884032E03M020 (2m) 885032E03M020 (2m)
884032E03M030 (3m) 885032E03M030 (3m)
884032E03M050 (5m) 885032E03M050 (5m)

M12 female 90º to M12 male straight


Part number 4 pole Part number 5 pole

884031E03M006 (0.6m) 885031E03M006 (0.6m)


884031E03M010 (1m) 885031E03M010 (1m)
884031E03M020 (2m) 885031E03M020 (2m)
884031E03M030 (3m) 885031E03M030 (3m)
884031E03M050 (5m) 885031E03M050 (5m)

144 INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Industrial connectors

M12 receptacles
M12

• 4 & 5 pin models available

• Panel and through panel mount

• Male and female options

Wiring
1. Brown 1. Brown 1. Brown 5. Grey
2. White 2. White 2. White 6. Pink
3. Blue 3. Blue 3. Blue 7. Blue
4. Black 4. Black 4. Black 8. Red
5. Grey

Ordering information

Part number Description

8R4E30E03C3003 4 pin female M14 panel mount receptacle


8R5E30E03C3003 5 pin female M14 panel mount receptacle
8R8E30E03C3003 8 pin female M14 panel mount receptacle

Part number Description

8R4J30E03C3003 4 pin female PG9 panel mount receptacle


8R5J30E03C3003 5 pin female PG9 panel mount receptacle
8R8J30E03C3003 8 pin female PG9 panel mount receptacle

Part number Description

8R4J40E03C3003 4 pin female PG9 through panel receptacle


8R5J40E03C3003 5 pin female PG9 through panel receptacle

Part number Description

8R4E36E03C3003 4 pin male M14 panel mount receptacle


8R5E36E03C3003 5 pin male M14 panel mount receptacle
8R8E36E03C3003 8 pin male M14 panel mount receptacle

Part number Description

8R4J36E03C3003 4 pin male PG9 panel mount receptacle


8R5J36E03C3003 5 pin male PG9 panel mount receptacle
8R8J36E03C3003 8 pin male PG9 panel mount receptacle

Part number Description

8R4J46E03C3003 4 pin male PG9 through panel receptacle


8R5J46E03C3003 5 pin male PG9 through panel receptacle

Part number Description

8R4D26E03C3003 4 pin male PG13.5 through panel receptacle


8R5D26E03C3003 5 pin male PG13.5 through panel receptacle

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 145


Industrial connectors

Ultra-lock multi port distribution boxes Technical data

Mechanical

Housing PBT

Contact carrier PBT


• 4, 6 and 8 port
Shell material Nickel over brass
• M12 ultralock connector Contact Phosphor bronze

• Protection up to IP69K Contact plating Gold over nickel

• 5 pole and 4 wire single I/O Cable jacket PUR

• 5 pole and 5 wire twin I/O O-Ring Viton18

Electrical

Rated voltage (IEC 60 664-1) 10…30 V dc

Insulation resistance (IEC 60 512-2) >109 Ω

Rated current T amb. 40ºC (IEC 60 512-3) 2 Amps per I/O

Maximum total current 12 A

Contact resistance (IEC 60 512-2) <5m Ω 34

Environmental

Pollution degree (IEC 60 664-1) 3

Protection (IEC 60 529) IP 67/68/69K

Operating temperature -25…90°C

Part number Description

BKY400P-FBP-05 Single I/O 4 port 5 pole 4 wire

BKY405P-FBP-05 Dual I/O 4 port 5 pole 5 wire

BKY600P-FBP-05 Single I/O 6 port 5 pole 4 wire

BKY605P-FBP-05 Dual I/O 6 port 5 pole 5 wire

BKY800P-FBP-05 Single I/O 8 port 5 pole 4 wire

BKY805P-FBP-05 Dual I/O 8 port 5 pole 5 wire

146 INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Industrial connectors

Ultra-lock single & double ended cordsets Technical data

Mechanical

Connector body PUR

Contact carrier PUR


• M12 ultralock connector
Locking mechanism Nickel plated brass
• Wide range of options Contact male: Brass

• Single or double ended configurations Female: Phosphor bronze

• Protection up to IP69K Contact Plating Gold over nickel

• O-Ring Viton

Durability 30,000 Mate/Demate

Electrical

Rated voltage (IEC 60 664-1) 3 & 4-Pole: 250 V 5-Pole: 60 V

Insulation resistance (IEC 60 512-2) >109 Ω

Rated current T amb. 40ºC (IEC 60 512-3) 4A

Contact resistance (IEC 60 512-2) <5m Ω

Environmental

Pollution degree (IEC 60 664-1) 3

Protection (IEC 60 529) IP 67/68/69K

Operating temperature -25…90°C

Certification CSA & UL

Part number key


Type X X X X X X X X X M X X X
1st character
M12 Ultra-Lock connector W
M12 threaded connector 8
2nd Character
Single-ended cordset O
Double-ended cordset, M12 Ultra-Lock connector W
Double-ended cordset, M12 threaded connectoro 8
Number of poles
3-pole 3
4-pole 4
5-pol3 5
Configuration
Single-ended cordset
Female straight 0 0 0
Female 90º 0 0 1
Male straight 0 0 6
Male 90º 0 0 7
Female LED NPN 90º 0 N 1
Female LED PNP 90º 0 P 1
Double-ended cordset
Female straight / Male straight 0 3 0
Female 90º/ Male straight 0 3 1
Female straight / Male 90º 0 3 2
Female 90º/ Male 90º number of poles 0 3 3
Cable type
E03 PVC 0.34mm2 (22AWG) Black E 0 3
P03 PUR 0.34mm2 (22AWG) Black P 0 3
K05 TPE 0.34mm2 (22AWG) Yellow K 0 3
Unit of measure – meters M
Cable length – single ended Other lengths available on request
2 meter 0 2 0
4 meter 0 4 0
5 meter 0 5 0
6 meter 0 6 0
10 meter 1 0 0
Cable length – double ended Other lengths available on request
0.3 meter 0 0 3
0.6 meter 0 0 6
1 meter 0 1 0
2 meter 0 2 0
3 meter 0 3 0
4 meter 0 4 0
5 meter 0 5 0

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 147


Industrial connectors

Ultra-lock field attachable Technical data

wireable connectors Mechanical

Connector face Polyamide

Molded body Polyamide

• M12 Ultra-lock connector Contact Brass

• 4 and 5 pin models available Coupling nut Nickel plated brass

Grommet Nitrile rubber


• -25…+90ºC
Maximum conductor size 18 AWG
• Straight and 90º options Electrical

• Voltage rating
4-Pole: 250 V ac 300 V dc
5-Pole: 30 V ac 36 V dc

Amperage 4-Pole: 4 A; 5-Pole: 4 A

Environmental

Protection (IEC 60 529) IP 67/68

Operating temperature -25…+90°C

Certification CSA & UL

Part number Description

WA4000-315 M12 4 pin female straight screw terminals PG7 gland


WA4000-325 M12 4 pin female straight screw terminals PG9 gland
WA5000-315 M12 5 pin female straight screw terminals PG7 gland
WA5000-325 M12 5 pin female straight screw terminals PG9 gland

Part number Description

WA4001-315 M12 4 pin female 90° screw terminals PG7 gland


WA5001-315 M12 5 pin female 90° screw terminals PG7 gland

Part number Description

WA4006-315 M12 4 pin male straight screw terminals PG7 gland


WA4006-325 M12 4 pin male straight screw terminals PG9 gland
WA5006-315 M12 5 pin male straight screw terminals PG7 gland
WA5006-325 M12 5 pin male straight screw terminals PG9 gland

Part number Description

WA4007-315 M12 4 pin 90° screw terminals PG7 gland


WA5007-315 M12 5 pin 90° screw terminals PG7 gland

148 INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Industrial connectors

Ultra-lock receptacles Technical data

Mechanical

Receptacle housing Nickel plated brass

Contact carrier PA 6.6

• 4 and 5 pin models available Contact male: Brass

Female: Phosphor bronze


• Panel and through panel mount
Contact plating Gold over nickel
• Male and female options
Electrical
• Rated voltage (IEC 60 664-1) 4-Pole: 250 V; 5-Pole: 60 V

Insulation resistance (IEC 60 512-2) >109 Ω

Contact resistance (IEC 60 512-2) <5m Ω

Environmental

Pollution degree (IEC 60 664-1) 3

Protection (IEC 60 529) IP 67/68/69K

Operating temperature -25…+90°C

Front mount

Part number Description

WR4J26E03C3003 M12 4 pin male receptacle PG9 with 300mm leads


WR5J26E03C3003 M12 5 pin male receptacle PG9 with 300mm leads
WR4J30E03C3003 M12 4 pin female receptacle PG9 with 300mm leads
WR5J30E03C3003 M12 5 pin female receptacle PG9 with 300mm leads

Part number Description

WR4U26E03C3003 M12 4 pin male receptacle M16 with 300mm leads


WR5U26E03C3003 M12 5pin male receptacle M16 with 300mm leads
WR4U20E03C3003 M12 4 pin female receptacle M16 with 300mm leads
WR5U20E03C3003 M12 5pin female receptacle M16 with 300mm leads

Rear mount

Part number Description

WR4J46E03C3003 M12 4 pin male receptacle screw terminals PG9 with 300mm leads
WR5J46E03C3003 M12 5 pin male receptacle screw terminals PG9 with 300mm leads
WR4J40E03C3003 M12 4 pin female receptacle screw terminals PG9 with 300mm leads
WR5J40E03C3003 M12 5 pin female receptacle screw terminals PG9 with 300mm leads

Part number Description

WR4J46000 M12 4 pin male receptacle PCB contacts


WR5J46000 M12 5 pin male receptacle PCB contacts
WR4J46001 M12 4 pin female receptacle PCB contacts
WR5J46001 M12 5 pin female receptacle PCB contacts

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 149


Industrial connectors

RJ-Lnxx industrial RJ-45 ethernet connectors

• Industrial RJ-45 connectors

• Robust IP67 rated

• Moulded and field attachable products available

Female receptacles

PC board receptables Part number Description

ENSR1FB5 Receptacle, PC Board Terminated

PCB + cable termination Part number Description

ENSR2FB5C305 Receptacle, 305mm, 10/100 BaseTX, 568A


ENSR3FB5C305 Receptacle, 305mm, 10/100 BaseTX, 568B
ENSR2FB5M010 Receptacle, 1.0m, 10/100 BaseTX, 568A
ENSR3FB5M010 Receptacle, 1.0m, 10/100 BaseTX, 568B

PCB + cable + male RJ-45 Part number Description


plug termination ENSP2F5C305 Receptacle, 305mm, Plug, 10/100 BaseTX, 568A
ENSP3F5C305 Receptacle, 305mm, Plug, 10/100 BaseTX, 568B
ENSP2F5M010 Receptacle, 1.0m, Plug, 10/100 BaseTX, 568A
ENSP3F5M010 Receptacle, 1.0m, Plug, 10/100 BaseTX, 568B

Through panel receptacle


Part number Description

ENSP1F5 Through Panel Receptacle, RJ-45 – Cat 5e

150 INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Industrial connectors

Direct PCB mount receptacles

Part number Description

ENPR1FF5 Receptacle, direct PCB mount, front lock nut, category 5

Male and female moulded connectors

Industrial male – industrial male 10/100 BaseTX, 568A 10/100 BaseTX, 568B Length

ENV2115M010 ENV3115M010 1m
ENV2115M020 ENV3115M020 2m
ENV2115M030 ENV3115M030 3m
ENV2115M040 ENV3115M040 4m
ENV2115M050 ENV3115M050 5m

Industrial male – standard male 10/100 BaseTX, 568A 10/100 BaseTX, 568B Length

ENV2115M010 ENV3115M010 1m
ENV2115M020 ENV3115M020 2m
ENV2115M030 ENV3115M030 3m
ENV2115M040 ENV3115M040 4m
ENV2115M050 ENV3115M050 5m

Male field attachable Part number Description

ENSP1F5 Through panel receptacle, RJ-45 – cat 5e

Accessories
IP67 inline connector IP67 female closure CMP IP67 male closure CMP

Part number Description Part number Description Part number Description


Captive closure cap with integral Captive closure cap with integral
RJBG16821 Inline connector 67-0300 67-0301
rubberised lanyard rubberised lanyard

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 151


Industrial connectors

Heavy duty connectors

Size 3 A inserts with screw terminals – S-A series

Number of poles 3+ 4+ 10+ 16+ 32+


Connection type Screw Screw Screw Screw Screw
Suitable for enclosure 3A 3A 10 A 16 A 32 A
Male Male

(1 –16)
7216.4412.0
7203.6101.0 7204.6102.0 7210.4411.0 7216.4412.0
(17 – 32)
7216.4416.0

Female Female

(1 –16)
7216.4402.0
7203.6001.0 7204.6002.0 7210.4401.0 7216.4402.0
(17 – 32)
7216.4403.0

Size 3 A inserts with crimp contact – S-D series

Number of poles 3+ 4+ 10+ 16+ 32+


Connection type Screw Screw Screw Screw Screw
Suitable for enclosure 3A 3A 10 A 16 A 32 A
Male Male

7107.4101.0 7108.4102.0 7115.4106.0 7125.4112.0


2 x 7125.4112.0

Female Female

2 x 7125.4012.0
7107.4001.0 7108.4002.0 7115.4006.0 7125.4012.0

Crimp contacts

Conductor size 0.14…0.37 mm² 0.5 mm² 0.75 mm² 1 mm² 1.5 mm² 2/5 mm²
Male
7100.4211.0 7100.4212.0 7100.4213.0 7100.4214.0 7100.4215.0 7100.4216.0

Female
7100.4201.0 7100.4202.0 7100.4203.0 7100.4204.0 7100.4205.0 7100.4206.0

Tools

Crimping tool for turned contacts with ratchet Removal tool for Ø 1,6mm crimp contacts (S-D)

8500.6251.0 8500.7940.0

152 INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Industrial connectors

Size A hoods

Size 3A 3A 10 A 16 A 32 A
Material Aluminium Plastic Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium

7803.6230.0 7803.6229.0 7810.4571.0 7816.4575.0 7832.4651.5


Low
M20 M20 M20 M20 M25

7810.4582.5 7816.4587.5 7832.4652.5


High
M25 M25 M32

7803.6228.0 7803.6227.0 7816.4555.0


Low 7810.4550.0
M20 M20 M20

7816.4567.5 7832.4642.5
High 7810.4562.5
M25 M32

Size A housings

Size 3A 3A 10 A 16 A 32 A
Material Aluminium Plastic Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium

7803.6202.0 7803.6201.0 7810.4541.0 7816.4543.0 7832.4631.0

7803.6226.0 7803.6225.0 7810.4501.0 7816.4523.0


M20 M20 M20 M25

7810.4502.0 7816.4524.0
7832.4603.0
2 x M20 2 x M25

7803.6232.0 7803.6231.0 7810.4503.0


M20 M20 M25

7810.4504.0
2 x M25

7803.6204.0 7803.6203.0

Covers for female insert


7803.6802.0 7803.6801.0 7810.4591.0 7816.4592.0 7832.4672.0
with gasket

Covers for male insert 7803.6804.0 7803.6803.0

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 153


Industrial connectors

Heavy duty connectors

Size B with screw terminals – 500 V 16 Amps

Number of poles 6+PE 10+PE 16+PE 24+PE 32+PE 48+PE


Size 6B 10 B 16 B 24 B 32 B 48 B
Male

#1 – 16 #1 – 24
7316.6105.0 7324.6107.0
7306.6103.0 7310.6104.0 7316.6105.0 7324.6107.0 + +
#17 – 32 #25 – 48
7316.6106.0 7324.6108.0

Female

#1 – 16 #1 – 24
7316.6005.0 7324.6007.0
7306.6003.0 7310.6004.0 7316.6005.0 7324.6007.0 + +
#17 – 32 #25 – 48
7316.6006.0 7324.6008.0

Size B with push-in terminal inserts – 500 V 16 Amps

Number of poles 6+PE 10+PE 16+PE 24+PE 32+PE 48+PE


Size 6B 10 B 16 B 24 B 32 B 48 B
Male

#1 – 16 #1 – 24
7316.5963.0 7324.5955.0
7306.5961.0 7310.5962.0 7316.5963.0 7324.5965.0 + +
#17 – 32 #25 – 48
7316.5964.0 7324.5956.0

Female

#1 – 16 #1 – 24
7316.5853.0 7324.5855.0
7306.5861.0 7310.5862.0 7316.5863.0 7324.5865.0 + +
#17 – 32 #25 – 48
7316.5854.0 7324.5856.0

Series S-DD, crimp contact inserts 250 V 10 Amps

Number of poles 24+PE 42+PE 72+PE 108+PE 144+PE 216+PE


Size 6B 10 B 16 B 24 B 32 B 48 B
Male

#1 – 72 #1 – 108
7172.4152.0 7108.4158.0
7124.4140.0 7142.4146.0 7172.4152.0 7108.4158.0 + +
#73 – 144 #109 – 216
7172.4153.0 7108.4159.0

Female

#1 – 72 #1 – 108
7172.4052.0 7108.4058.0
7124.4040.0 7142.4046.0 7172.4052.0 7108.4058.0 + +
#73 – 144 #109 – 216
7172.4053.0 7108.4059.0

Tools

Crimping tool for turned contacts with ratchet Removal tool for Ø 1,6mm crimp contacts (S-D)

8500.6251.0 8500.7940.0

154 INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk


Industrial connectors

Size B hoods with single lever

Size 6B 10 B 16 B 24 B 32 B 48 A

7806.6551.0 7810.6555.0 7816.6557.0 7824.6559.0


Low
M20 M20 M25 M25

7806.6491.5 7810.6493.5 7816.6495.5 7824.6497.5 7832.7137.5 7848.6564.5


High
M25 M32 M32 M32 M32 M40

7806.6553.0 7810.6556.0 7816.6558.0 7824.6560.0


Low
M20 M20 M25 M25

7806.6450.5 7810.6451.5 7816.6453.5 7824.6455.5 7832.7135.5 7848.6567.5


High
M32 M32 M32 M32 M32 M40

Housings with single lever

Size 6B 10 B 16 B 24 B 32 B 48 A

7806.6401.0 7810.6403.0 7816.6405.0 7824.6407.0 7832.6409.0 7848.7440.0

7806.6402.0 7810.6404.0 7816.6406.0 7824.6408.0 7848.6411.0


7832.6410.0
With cover With cover With cover With cover With cover

7806.6352.0 7810.6354.0 7816.6356.0 7824.6358.0 7832.6381.0 7848.7430.0


Low
2 x M20 2 x M20 2 x M25 2 x M25 2 x M40 2 x M40

7806.7151.0 7810.7161.0 7816.7170.0 7824.7181.0


High
2 x M32 2 x M32 2 x M32 2 x M40

7806.6362.0 7810.6364.0 7816.6366.0 7824.6368.0 7832.6383.0 7848.6371.0


Low
2 x M20 2 x M20 2 x M25 2 x M25 2 x M40 2 x M50

7806.7264.0 7810.7275.0 7816.7284.0 7824.7293.0


High
2 x M25 2 x M32 2 x M32 2 x M32

7806.6813.0 7810.6814.0 7816.6815.0 7824.6816.0

7806.6581.0 7810.6582.0 7816.6583.0 7824.6584.0


Low
M25 M25 M25 M32

7810.7008.5 7816.6461.5 7824.6464.5 7832.6585.5


High
M25 M25 M32 M40

For complete technical information, visit www.oem.co.uk INDUSTRIAL CONNECTORS 155


OEM-AUTOMATIC LIMITED (“OEM”) any right of set-off against payment due to OEM.
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE (“the Conditions”) (3) OEM shall be entitled to charge daily interest on any overdue sum at the rate of 5 per cent annum
1. DEFINITIONS above the base lending rate for the time being of Lloyds TSB Bank plc from the due date for payment
In these Conditions: to the actual date of payment (both before and after judgment).
”Buyer” means the party with whom OEM contracts; (4) Where payment is agreed to be made by instalments, any delay or default by the Buyer in making
”Contract” means the contract made between OEM and the Buyer for supply of the Goods which are payment in respect of any one instalment shall render all the remaining instalments due forthwith, and
subject to these Conditions; interest will be charged in accordance with condition 7(3) with immediate effect until the date of actual
”Goods” means all or any of the goods works and materials to be supplied by OEM; payment.
”Act of Insolvency” means any one or more of the following namely the passing of a resolution or the (5) OEM may appropriate any payment made by the Buyer to such of the Goods (or the goods supp-
presentation of a petition for winding-up, bankruptcy or for the appointment of an administrator, the lied under any other contract between OEM and the Buyer) as OEM may think fit (notwithstanding any
appointment of a receiver and/or manager or administrative receiver over the whole or any part of the purported appropriation by the Buyer).
Buyer’s undertaking and assets, the making of a proposal for a voluntary arrangement within the Insol- 8 WARRANTIES AND EXEMPTIONS
vency Act 1986 or of a proposal for any other composition scheme or arrangement with or the calling (1) If under proper use the goods develop any defect during the warranty period due to defective ar-
by the Buyer of any meeting of its creditors generally, the levying of execution or distress or diligence ticles or materials supplied OEM shall at its own expense and option replace or repair such goods as
on any of its assets, the failure to pay its proper debts as and when due and anything analogous to are defective so as to remedy the defects except where such defects are attributable to accident, fair
any of the foregoing under the law of the jurisdiction where the Buyer is established. wear and tear, or any act omission or neglect of the buyer or of its agents. The Buyer must give OEM
2. CONSTRUCTION OF CONTRACT notice of any alleged defects as soon as it becomes apparent, and shall (unless otherwise instructed
(1) These Conditions shall apply to all contracts of sale between OEM and the Buyer. by OEM) retain the goods at the Buyer’s premises for inspection by OEM and give OEM adequate
(2) The terms of the Contract shall consist of the particulars set out in OEM’s Order Acknowledgement facilities to investigate the complaint at the Buyer’s premises. The “warranty period” shall mean the
and these Conditions. Any term in OEM’s Order Acknowledgement which is at variance with these period specified in OEM’S order acknowledgement as the warranty period and if no such period is
Conditions shall prevail over these Conditions, which shall be construed accordingly, except with specified, then a period of 12 months from the date of delivery of the goods.
regard to price in respect of which condition 5 (2) shall prevail. (2) Except as expressly stated above there shall be excluded from the contract any warranty, condition
(3) No other terms (whether contained in any document issued by the Buyer or in any written or oral or statement, express or implied, statutory or otherwise, as to satisfactory quality, and/or fitness of the
communication between the parties) shall apply to the Contract nor shall these Conditions or the par- goods for any particular purpose.
ticulars contained in OEM’s Order Acknowledgement be modified without OEM’s written agreement. (3) OEM shall not be liable to the Buyer in contract tort (including without limitation negligence) and/
OEM shall be entitled to amend technical specifications of the Goods without notice. or breach of statutory duty for any loss or damage which the Buyer may suffer by reason of any act,
(4) In order that these Conditions and the particulars in OEM’s Order Acknowledgement shall be a omission, neglect or default (including negligence) in the performance of the Contract by OEM its
complete record of the agreement between the parties with regard to the sale of the Goods, the Buyer servants or agents, [in a sum which is greater than the Contract price].
must ensure that any pre-contractual representation on which the Buyer wishes to rely has been (4) OEM shall not be liable to the Buyer in contract tort (including without limitation negligence) and/or
specified in those particulars. In entering into the Contract, the Buyer does not rely upon any such breach of statutory duty for any loss of profits loss of goodwill loss of contracts and/or any indirect or
representation made by or on behalf of OEM which has not been so specified. consequential (including economic) loss of any kind including loss of profits and/or loss of production
3. OUOTATIONS AND ORDERS which the Buyer may suffer by reason of any act, omission, neglect or default (including negligence) in
(1) Unless accepted before lapse or withdrawal, or renewed in writing by OEM, quotations shall lapse the performance of the Contract by OEM, its servants or agents.
automatically after 30 days, but maybe withdrawn earlier. (5) Provided that nothing in this Condition shall operate so as to exclude OEM’s non-excludable liability
(2) Quotations are information only and are not firm offers. There shall be no binding contract until in respect of death or personal injury caused by the negligence of OEM its servants or agents; to
OEM has accepted the Buyer’s order by despatching OEM’s official Acknowledgement of Order or affect the statutory rights of the Buyer where Goods are sold to a Buyer dealing as a consumer within
invoice the meaning of Unfair Contract Terms Act; or to exclude the application of Section 12 of the Sale of
4. DELIVERY Goods Act 1979 or to exclude liability for fraudulent misrepresentation.
(1) Although OEM wiII endeavour to deliver Goods within any delivery time specified in OEM’s Acknow- (6) OEM reserves the right not to accept goods for credit or replacement from the Buyer that are not
ledgement of Order, that time is an estimate only and not a term of the Contract and as such, time accompanied and clearly marked with a returned materials authorisation (rma) number that has been
shall not be of the essence. OEM shall not be liable for any failure to meet any such estimate, nor for previously agreed with and issued by OEM. An RMA number shall remain open and valid for 30 days
any loss, of whatsoever nature resulting directly or indirectly therefrom. from date of issue by OEM. If OEM have failed to receive the goods to which the rma number relate
(2) Any such time specified shall be extended by any period during which the manufacture or delivery within this period then OEM reserve the right to cancel the rma. The risk and the property in the goods
of the Goods or other work by OEM in connection with the Contract is delayed due to fire, explosion, remains with the Buyer unless otherwise notified by OEM. OEM will not accept returned goods that
flood, storm, tempest, sabotage, strikes (official and unofficial), riot, invasion, acts of war, shortage of clearly show signs of physical damage to external packaging where it is possible that damage to the
labour, power or materials, civil commotion, accidents, plant breakdowns, compliance with an order of goods may have occurred as a result. The Buyer shall be responsible for the carriage costs of the
an apparently competent authority, and any other event beyond OEM’s control. returned goods unless otherwise agreed in writing by OEM.
(3) If any such delivery time is so extended by more than 90 days the Buyer shall be entitled to give 9. INSOLVENCY AND DEFAULT
written notice to OEM requiring the Goods to be delivered within 30 days of the date of such notice (1) Without prejudice to any rights and remedies available to it, OEM shall be entitled, forthwith on
failing which the Buyer shall have the right to give further written notice terminating the contract written notice to the Buyer either to terminate the Contract in whole or in part and/or any other contract
forthwith. with the Buyer or to withhold performance of all or any of its obligations under the Contract and/or any
(4) OEM shall be entitled to deliver the Goods by instalments and/or in advance of the estimated date. other contract with the Buyer (and on the giving of such notice all monies outstanding from the Buyer
Each delivery shall constitute a separate contract to which these Conditions shall apply. Failure by to OEM shall become immediately due and payable) if:- (i) any sum owing to OEM from the Buyer on
OEM to deliver any one or more of the instalments or any claim by the Buyer in respect of any one or any account whatsoever shall be unpaid after the due date for payment (in which event OEM shall
more instalments shall not entitle the Buyer to treat the Contract as a whole as repudiated. have a general lien for any such sum on all and any property of the Buyer in its possession); or (ii) the
(5) In the case of United Kingdom and Overseas customers, unless otherwise stated, OEM will deliver Buyer shall commit or be subject to any Act of Insolvency; or (iii) the Buyer shall commit any breach of
to the Buyer’s premises and will charge separately for packing, carriage and handling. any contract (including without limitation the Contract) with OEM.
(6) The delivery by OEM of a greater or lesser quantity provided for in the Contract, the delivery (2) In the event of a suspension of performance OEM shall be entitled, as a condition of resuming
of other goods not provided for in the Contract, or the delivery of Goods only some of which are performance, to require pre-payment, or such security as it may require.
defective, shall not entitle the Buyer to reject all of the Goods delivered. In order that OEM can comply 10. EXPORT TERMS
with its carrier’s conditions, a claim in respect of error in quantity or type of Goods in respect of the (1) Any term or expression which is defined in the provisions of Incoterms 2000 (or any subsequent
condition of the Goods delivered must be made in writing to OEM within 3 days or to the carrier and revision thereof) shall import the respective obligations of Buyer and Seller into these Conditions, but in
OEM within 5 days of receipt. Failure to make such claim shall constitute unqualified acceptance of the event of conflict these Conditions shall prevail.
the Goods and waiver by the Buyer of all claims relating to error in quantity or type of Goods delivered (2) Where the Goods are supplied for export from the United Kingdom, the provisions of this clause 10
or relating to the condition of Goods delivered. Similarly, if any Goods invoiced by OEM are not recei- shall (subject to any special terms agreed in writing between OEM and the Buyer) apply not withstan-
ved by the Buyer, the Buyer must notify OEM within 25 days or the carrier and OEM within 28 days of ding any other provision of these Conditions.
the date of invoice, failing which the Buyer will be liable to pay for the Goods in full. (3) Unless otherwise agreed in writing between OEM and the Buyer, the Goods shall be delivered Ex-
(7) OEM shall at its option make good any non-delivery short delivery or damage of Goods notified Works and OEM shall be under no obligation to give notice under section 32(3) of the Sale of Goods
in accordance with Condition 4(6) by repair or replacement of such Goods and save as provided in Act 1979.
this Condition shall not be liable for any such non-delivery short delivery or damage in transit nor for (4) The Buyer shall be responsible for arranging for testing and inspection of the Goods at OEM’s pre-
any loss, financial or otherwise resulting directly or indirectly therefrom. In no event shall OEM be liable mises before shipment. OEM shall have no liability for any claim in respect of any defect in the Goods
to the Buyer in connection with any damage or loss in transit where delivery takes place at OEM’s which would be apparent on testing or inspection and which is made after shipment, or in respect of
premises. any damage during transit.
(8) If the Buyer fails to take delivery of or collect the Goods or fails to give OEM adequate delivery 11. CANCELLATION
instructions after notification by OEM that the Goods are ready OEM may (without prejudice to its other The Contract may be cancelled in whole or in part by the Buyer only with OEM’s written consent
rights and remedies): store the Goods (on its own or any third party’s premises) and charge the Buyer and upon the condition that the Buyer shall indemnify OEM in full against all loss, damages, costs
for its reasonable costs (including without limitation VAT costs of storage, carriage and insurance); expenses and other liabilities awarded against or incurred by OEM as a result of or in connection with
and/or sell the Goods at any time and after deducting all costs and expenses account to the Buyer the cancellation.
for any excess over the price already paid under the Contract or charge the Buyer for any shortfall 12. GENERAL
between the Contract price and such costs and expenses. (1) It shall be the responsibility of the Buyer to ensure that all requirements applicable to the Contract,
(9) All returnable containers and packing materials will be charged for, but credit will be given if these whether statutory, regulatory, municipal and/or otherwise howsoever, (including without limitation any
are returned in condition satisfactory to OEM, to OEM’s works carriage paid within thirty days following relating to the importation or use of the Goods in the country of destination and for the payment of
delivery of the relevant Goods. duties thereon) are duly complied with. It shall be a condition precedent to the performance by OEM
5. PROPERTY AND RISK of its obligations under the Contract that all necessary licences, permits and consents shall have been
(1) The risk in the Goods shall pass to the Buyer upon despatch of the Goods from OEM’s warehou- obtained by the Buyer.
se. (2) Neither party shall have any liability for any failure to perform or for any delay in the performance
(2) Notwithstanding delivery and the passing of risk, property in and title to the Goods shall remain in (other than as to payment) of any of its obligations under the Contract caused by any factor beyond its
OEM until OEM has received payment of all sums owing to OEM under the Contract and any other reasonable control.
contract with the Buyer whatsoever. (3) No failure or delay on the part of OEM to exercise any of its rights under the Contract shall operate
(3) Until property in and title to the Goods passes to the Buyer: the Buyer shall keep the Goods as a waiver of nor shall any waiver by OEM of any breach by the Buyer of any of its obligations under
properly stored, protected and insured and separate from all or any other goods whether belonging the Contract affect the rights of OEM in the event of any further or continuing breach.
to OEM, the Buyer, or any third party; OEM shall be entitled at any time forthwith to revoke the (4) The Contract is personal to the Buyer, who shall not assign or in any way part with the benefit
Buyer’s power to deal with the Goods; and it shall automatically cease if the Buyer shall commit or be without OEM’s prior written consent.
subject to any Act of Insolvency; and the Buyer shall not make any modification to the Goods or their (5) Each and every obligation contained in these Conditions shall be treated as a separate obligation
packaging or alter remove or tamper with any marks, numbers or other means of identification used and shall be severally enforceable as such notwithstanding the non- enforceability of any other such
on or in relation to the Goods. Upon termination of the Buyer’s power to deal with the Goods, the obligation.
Buyer shall place the Goods at the disposal of OEM and OEM and its servants and agents are hereby (6) The Conditions and the Contract shall not create or evidence, or be deemed to create or evidence,
irrevocably authorised without the need for consent of any third party but using only such force as may any agency or partnership between OEM on the one hand and the Buyer or any third party on the
be necessary, to enter upon any premises of the Buyer or any third party for the purpose of removing other.
the Goods. (7) Any notice required to be given in writing under the Contract shall be given, where possible, by
(4) If any of the foregoing provisions of this Condition shall be invalid or unenforceable such invalidity or facsimile transmission and otherwise by first class post addressed to the registered office of the party
unenforceability shall not affect the remaining provisions. for which it is intended, or to such other address as may be notified in writing in accordance herewith
6. PRICES for the purpose, and shall be deemed to have been received, in the case of a facsimile transmission,
(1) Unless otherwise stated in OEM’s Order Acknowledgement, prices for the Goods shall be upon transmission and, in the case of a letter, forty-eight hours after posting. In proving service by
ex-works, and shall be exclusive of VAT, packing, carriage, insurance, and any other costs, all of letter, it shall be sufficient to show that the envelope containing the notice was properly addressed and
which shall be the subject of additional charges. VAT shall be charged where appropriate at the rate stamped and duly posted.
prevailing at the relevant tax point. (8) The Contract shall be governed by English Law.
(2) Any price quoted by the Company is based upon costs current as the date of quotation. The price (9) The parties irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts, save in the case
charged to the Customer under the Contract may be changed to take account of costs current at of a Buyer who has no assets within the jurisdiction of the English Courts and who is established in a
the date of invoice. Such changes may include, but are not limited to, fluctuations in rates of currency country which will not enforce the judgement of the English Courts. In those circumstances OEM may
where the Goods or any part thereof, are sourced from third countries. if it chooses refer any disputes arising out of the Contract to arbitration under the Rules of Conciliation
7. PAYMENT and Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce, such arbitration to take place in London.
(1) Subject to prior written agreement to the contrary, OEM shall be entitled to invoice the Buyer for CARRIAGE AND HANDLING CHARGES
the price of the Goods on or at any time after OEM has notified the Buyer that the Goods are ready for Please enquire.
collection or OEM has tendered delivery of the Goods.
(2) If OEM has granted the Buyer monthly account credit facilities, then payment of the price must be
made within 30 days of the date of Invoice. Otherwise payment must be in cash prior to delivery. Pay-
ment shall be made direct to OEM in the currency invoiced. The Buyer shall not be entitled to exercise
2017 – 2018
Sensors
Whiteacres
Whetstone

Sensors
Leicester
LE8 6ZG
Tel +44 (0) 116 284 9900
Fax +44 (0) 116 284 1721
machine@uk.oem.se 2017 – 2018
information@uk.oem.se
www.oem.co.uk

You might also like